Merge "Add explicit visibility to ISearchResultSet methods"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40 use MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices;
41
42 /**
43 * @cond file_level_code
44 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
45 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
46 */
47 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
48 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
49 die( 1 );
50 }
51
52 /** @endcond */
53
54 /**
55 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
56 * Not used for much in a default install.
57 * @since 1.5
58 */
59 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
60
61 /**
62 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
63 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
64 * callable.
65 * @since 1.23
66 */
67 $wgConfigRegistry = [
68 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
69 ];
70
71 /**
72 * MediaWiki version number
73 * @since 1.2
74 */
75 $wgVersion = '1.34.0-alpha';
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /**@}*/
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path to the REST API
198 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php"
199 * @since 1.34
200 */
201 $wgRestPath = false;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.3
207 */
208 $wgStylePath = false;
209 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
214 * @since 1.17
215 */
216 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.16
222 */
223 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem extensions directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
228 * @since 1.25
229 */
230 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
231
232 /**
233 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
234 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
235 * @since 1.3
236 */
237 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
238
239 /**
240 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
241 * which is replaced by the article title.
242 *
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
244 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
245 */
246 $wgArticlePath = false;
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for the images directory.
250 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
251 */
252 $wgUploadPath = false;
253
254 /**
255 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
256 */
257 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
258
259 /**
260 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
261 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
262 */
263 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
264
265 /**
266 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
267 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
268 */
269 $wgLogo = false;
270
271 /**
272 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
273 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
274 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
275 *
276 * @par Example:
277 * @code
278 * $wgLogoHD = [
279 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
280 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
281 * ];
282 * @endcode
283 *
284 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
285 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
286 * be optimised for screen resolution.
287 *
288 * @par Example:
289 * @code
290 * $wgLogoHD = [
291 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
292 * ];
293 * @endcode
294 *
295 * @since 1.25
296 */
297 $wgLogoHD = false;
298
299 /**
300 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
301 * @since 1.6
302 */
303 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
304
305 /**
306 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
307 * Defaults to no icon.
308 * @since 1.12
309 */
310 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
311
312 /**
313 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
314 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
315 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
316 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
317 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
318 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
319 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
320 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
321 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
322 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
323 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
324 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
325 * understand it).
326 *
327 * @var array|string|bool
328 * @since 1.25
329 */
330 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
331
332 /**
333 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
334 * be web accessible.
335 *
336 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
337 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
338 * logic.
339 *
340 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
341 * variable.
342 *
343 * @see wfTempDir()
344 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
345 */
346 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
347
348 /**
349 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
350 * upload URL.
351 * @since 1.4
352 */
353 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
354
355 /**
356 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
357 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
358 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
359 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
360 * @since 1.17
361 */
362 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
363
364 /**
365 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
366 * plain page views, add to this array.
367 *
368 * @par Example:
369 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
370 * @code
371 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
372 * @endcode
373 *
374 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
375 * URLs.
376 * @since 1.5
377 */
378 $wgActionPaths = [];
379
380 /**@}*/
381
382 /************************************************************************//**
383 * @name Files and file uploads
384 * @{
385 */
386
387 /**
388 * Allow users to upload files.
389 *
390 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
391 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
392 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
393 *
394 * @since 1.5
395 */
396 $wgEnableUploads = false;
397
398 /**
399 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
400 */
401 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
402
403 /**
404 * Allows to move images and other media files
405 */
406 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
407
408 /**
409 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
410 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
411 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
412 *
413 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
414 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
415 */
416 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
417
418 /**
419 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
420 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
421 *
422 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
423 * completeness.
424 */
425 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
426
427 /**
428 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
429 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
430 */
431 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
432
433 /**
434 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
435 */
436 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
437
438 /**
439 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
440 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
441 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
442 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
443 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
444 *
445 * Example:
446 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
447 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
448 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
449 *
450 * @see $wgFileBackends
451 */
452 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
453
454 /**
455 * File repository structures
456 *
457 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
458 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
459 * array of properties configuring the repository.
460 *
461 * Properties required for all repos:
462 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
463 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
464 *
465 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
466 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
467 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
468 *
469 * For most core repos:
470 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
471 * container : backend container name the zone is in
472 * directory : root path within container for the zone
473 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
474 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
475 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
476 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
477 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
478 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
479 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
480 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
481 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
482 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
483 * handler instead.
484 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
485 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
486 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
487 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
488 * - pathDisclosureProtection
489 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
490 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
491 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
492 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
493 * is 0644.
494 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
495 * some remote repos.
496 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
497 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
498 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
499 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
500 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
501 *
502 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
503 * for local repositories:
504 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
505 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
506 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
507 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
508 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
509 * on the local wiki.
510 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
511 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
512 *
513 * ForeignDBRepo:
514 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
515 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
516 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
517 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
518 * and accessible from, this wiki.
519 *
520 * ForeignAPIRepo:
521 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
522 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
523 *
524 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
525 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
526 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
527 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
528 * be searched after the local file repo.
529 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
530 *
531 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
532 */
533 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
534
535 /**
536 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
537 *
538 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
539 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
540 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
541 *
542 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
543 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
544 *
545 * @since 1.11
546 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
547 */
548 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
549
550 /**
551 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
552 *
553 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
554 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
555 * default settings.
556 *
557 * @since 1.16
558 */
559 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
560
561 /**
562 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
563 *
564 * Uses the following variables:
565 *
566 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
567 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
568 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
569 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
570 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
571 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
572 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
573 *
574 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
575 * class, with also the following variables:
576 *
577 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
578 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
579 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
580 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
581 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
582 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
583 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
584 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
585 *
586 * @var bool
587 * @since 1.3
588 */
589 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
590
591 /**
592 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
593 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
594 *
595 * @var string
596 * @since 1.3
597 */
598 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
599
600 /**
601 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
602 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
603 *
604 * @var string
605 * @since 1.3
606 */
607 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
608
609 /**
610 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
611 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
612 *
613 * @var bool
614 * @since 1.3
615 */
616 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
617
618 /**
619 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
620 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
621 *
622 * @since 1.5
623 */
624 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
625
626 /**
627 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
628 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
629 *
630 * @var bool
631 * @since 1.5
632 */
633 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
634
635 /**
636 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
637 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
638 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
639 *
640 * @var bool|string
641 * @since 1.4
642 */
643 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
644
645 /**
646 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
647 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
648 *
649 * @var string
650 * @since 1.5
651 */
652 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
653
654 /**
655 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
656 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
657 *
658 * @var bool
659 * @since 1.5
660 */
661 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
662
663 /**
664 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
665 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
666 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
667 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
668 *
669 * Example:
670 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
671 */
672 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
673
674 /**
675 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
676 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
677 *
678 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
679 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
680 *
681 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
682 */
683 $wgUploadDialog = [
684 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
685 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
686 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
687 'fields' => [
688 'description' => true,
689 'date' => false,
690 'categories' => false,
691 ],
692 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
693 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
694 'licensemessages' => [
695 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
696 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
697 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
698 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
699 'local' => 'generic-local',
700 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
701 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
702 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
703 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
704 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
705 ],
706 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
707 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
708 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
709 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
710 'comment' => [
711 'local' => '',
712 'foreign' => '',
713 ],
714 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
715 'format' => [
716 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
717 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
718 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
719 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
720 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
721 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
722 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
723 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
724 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
725 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
726 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
727 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
728 // * $TEXT - input by the user
729 'description' => '$TEXT',
730 'ownwork' => '',
731 'license' => '',
732 'uncategorized' => '',
733 ],
734 ];
735
736 /**
737 * File backend structure configuration.
738 *
739 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
740 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
741 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
742 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
743 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
744 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
745 *
746 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
747 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
748 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
749 *
750 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
751 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
752 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
753 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
754 *
755 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
756 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
757 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
758 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
759 * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
760 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
761 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
762 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
763 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
764 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
765 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
766 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
767 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
768 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
769 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
770 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
771 */
772 $wgFileBackends = [];
773
774 /**
775 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
776 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
777 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
778 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
779 *
780 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
781 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
782 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
783 *
784 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
785 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
786 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
787 */
788 $wgLockManagers = [];
789
790 /**
791 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
792 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
793 *
794 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
795 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
796 * extensions" section of php.ini:
797 * @code{.ini}
798 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
802
803 /**
804 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
805 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
806 * Defaults to false.
807 */
808 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
812 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
813 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
814 */
815 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
816
817 /**
818 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
819 *
820 * @since 1.20
821 */
822 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
823
824 /**
825 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
826 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
827 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
828 */
829 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
830
831 /**
832 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
833 * @since 1.20
834 */
835 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
836
837 /**
838 * Different timeout for upload by url
839 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
840 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
841 * to default.
842 *
843 * @var int|bool
844 *
845 * @since 1.22
846 */
847 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
848
849 /**
850 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
851 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
852 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
853 * for non-specified types.
854 *
855 * @par Example:
856 * @code
857 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
858 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
859 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
860 * ];
861 * @endcode
862 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
863 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
864 */
865 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
866
867 /**
868 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
869 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
870 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
871 * @since 1.26
872 */
873 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
874
875 /**
876 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
877 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
878 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
879 *
880 * @par Example:
881 * @code
882 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
883 * @endcode
884 */
885 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
886
887 /**
888 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
889 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
890 * appended to it as appropriate.
891 */
892 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
893
894 /**
895 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
896 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
897 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
898 * access to the thumbnail path.
899 *
900 * @par Example:
901 * @code
902 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
903 * @endcode
904 */
905 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
906
907 /**
908 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
909 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
910 *
911 * @var string
912 * @since 1.3
913 */
914 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
915
916 /**
917 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
918 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
919 *
920 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
921 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
922 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
923 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
924 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
925 *
926 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
927 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
928 */
929 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
930
931 /**
932 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
933 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
934 *
935 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
936 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
937 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
938 */
939 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
940
941 /**
942 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
943 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
944 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
945 */
946 $wgFileBlacklist = [
947 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
948 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
949 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
950 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
951 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
952 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
953 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
954 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
955
956 /**
957 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
958 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
959 */
960 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
961 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
962 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
963 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
964 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
965 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
966 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
967 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
968 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
969 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
970 'application/x-msmetafile',
971 ];
972
973 /**
974 * Allow Java archive uploads.
975 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
976 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
977 */
978 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
979
980 /**
981 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
982 *
983 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
984 */
985 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
986
987 /**
988 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
989 * by $wgFileExtensions.
990 *
991 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
992 */
993 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
994
995 /**
996 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
997 *
998 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
999 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
1000 */
1001 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
1005 */
1006 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
1007
1008 /**
1009 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1010 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1011 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1012 *
1013 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1014 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1015 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1016 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1017 */
1018 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1019 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1020 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1021 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1022 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1023 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1024 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1025 ];
1026
1027 /**
1028 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1029 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1030 *
1031 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1032 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1033 */
1034 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1035
1036 /**
1037 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1038 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1039 */
1040 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1041 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1042 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1043 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1044 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1045 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1046 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1047 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1048 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1049 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1050 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1051 ];
1052
1053 /**
1054 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1055 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1056 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1057 *
1058 * @since 1.21
1059 */
1060 $wgContentHandlers = [
1061 // the usual case
1062 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1063 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1064 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1065 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1066 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1067 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1068 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1069 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1070 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1071 ];
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1075 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1076 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1077 */
1078 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1079
1080 /**
1081 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1082 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1083 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1084 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1085 *
1086 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1087 */
1088 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1089
1090 /**
1091 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1092 */
1093 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1094
1095 /**
1096 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1097 * @since 1.27
1098 */
1099 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1100
1101 /**
1102 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1103 */
1104 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1105
1106 /**
1107 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1108 */
1109 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1113 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1114 */
1115 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1119 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1120 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1121 *
1122 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1123 * @code
1124 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1125 * @endcode
1126 *
1127 * Leave as false to skip this.
1128 */
1129 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1130
1131 /**
1132 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1133 *
1134 * @since 1.21
1135 */
1136 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1137
1138 /**
1139 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1140 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1141 * at sharp edges.
1142 *
1143 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1144 *
1145 * Supported values:
1146 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1147 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1148 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1149 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1150 *
1151 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1152 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1153 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1154 *
1155 * @since 1.27
1156 */
1157 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1158
1159 /**
1160 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1161 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1162 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1163 *
1164 * @since 1.32
1165 */
1166 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1167
1168 /**
1169 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1170 * image formats.
1171 */
1172 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1176 *
1177 * @since 1.26
1178 */
1179 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1180
1181 /**
1182 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1183 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1184 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1185 *
1186 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1187 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1188 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1189 */
1190 $wgSVGConverters = [
1191 'ImageMagick' =>
1192 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1193 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1194 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1195 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1196 . '$output $input',
1197 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1198 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1199 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1200 ];
1201
1202 /**
1203 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1204 */
1205 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1206
1207 /**
1208 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1209 */
1210 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1214 */
1215 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1219 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1220 */
1221 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Obsolete, no longer used.
1225 * SVG file uploads now always allow <title> elements.
1226 *
1227 * @deprecated 1.34
1228 */
1229 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = true;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1233 * page language), if available.
1234 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1235 * to specify text language.
1236 *
1237 * @since 1.33
1238 */
1239 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1243 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1244 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1245 *
1246 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1247 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1248 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1249 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1250 *
1251 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1252 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1253 */
1254 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1255
1256 /**
1257 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1258 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1259 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1260 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1261 */
1262 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1263
1264 /**
1265 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1266 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1267 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1268 *
1269 * @par Example:
1270 * @code
1271 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1272 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1273 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1274 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1275 * @endcode
1276 */
1277 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1278
1279 /**
1280 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1281 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1282 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1283 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1284 */
1285 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1286
1287 /**
1288 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1289 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1290 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1291 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1292 */
1293 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1294
1295 /**
1296 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1297 * output instead of showing an error message.
1298 *
1299 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1300 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1301 *
1302 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1303 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1304 * are logged to a file for review.
1305 */
1306 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1307
1308 /**
1309 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1310 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1311 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1312 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1313 * webserver(s).
1314 */
1315 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1319 */
1320 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1321
1322 /**
1323 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1324 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1325 * is available that can rotate.
1326 */
1327 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1328
1329 /**
1330 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1331 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1332 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1333 */
1334 $wgAntivirus = null;
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1338 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1339 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1340 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1341 *
1342 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1343 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1344 *
1345 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1346 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1347 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1348 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1349 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1350 * path.
1351 *
1352 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1353 * function in SpecialUpload.
1354 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1355 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1356 * is not set.
1357 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1358 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1359 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1360 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1361 * no virus was found.
1362 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1363 * a virus.
1364 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1365 *
1366 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1367 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1368 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1369 */
1370 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1371
1372 # setup for clamav
1373 'clamav' => [
1374 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1375 'codemap' => [
1376 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1377 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1378 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1379 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1380 ],
1381 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1382 ],
1383 ];
1384
1385 /**
1386 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1387 */
1388 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1389
1390 /**
1391 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1392 */
1393 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1394
1395 /**
1396 * Determines whether extra checks for IE type detection should be applied.
1397 * This is a conservative check for exactly what IE 6 or so checked for,
1398 * and shouldn't trigger on for instance JPEG files containing links in EXIF
1399 * metadata.
1400 *
1401 * @since 1.34
1402 */
1403 $wgVerifyMimeTypeIE = true;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1407 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1408 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1409 */
1410 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1411
1412 /**
1413 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1414 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1415 */
1416 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1420 * the MIME type to standard output.
1421 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1422 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1423 *
1424 * @par Example:
1425 * @code
1426 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1427 * @endcode
1428 */
1429 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1430
1431 /**
1432 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1433 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1434 * can be trusted.
1435 */
1436 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1437
1438 /**
1439 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1440 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1441 */
1442 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1443 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1444 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1445 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1446 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1447 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1448 ];
1449
1450 /**
1451 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1452 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1453 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1454 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1455 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1456 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1457 */
1458 $wgImageLimits = [
1459 [ 320, 240 ],
1460 [ 640, 480 ],
1461 [ 800, 600 ],
1462 [ 1024, 768 ],
1463 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1464 ];
1465
1466 /**
1467 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1468 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1469 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1470 */
1471 $wgThumbLimits = [
1472 120,
1473 150,
1474 180,
1475 200,
1476 250,
1477 300
1478 ];
1479
1480 /**
1481 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1482 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1483 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1484 *
1485 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1486 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1487 * supports it.
1488 */
1489 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1490
1491 /**
1492 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1493 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1494 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1495 * following buckets:
1496 *
1497 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1498 *
1499 * and a distance of 50:
1500 *
1501 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1502 *
1503 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1504 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1505 */
1506 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1507
1508 /**
1509 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1510 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1511 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1512 *
1513 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1514 *
1515 * @since 1.25
1516 */
1517
1518 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1519
1520 /**
1521 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1522 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1523 *
1524 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1525 * thumbnail's URL.
1526 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1527 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1528 *
1529 * @since 1.25
1530 */
1531 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1532
1533 /**
1534 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1535 *
1536 * @since 1.25
1537 */
1538 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1539
1540 /**
1541 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1542 * HTTP request to.
1543 *
1544 * @since 1.25
1545 */
1546 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1547
1548 /**
1549 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1550 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1551 *
1552 * @since 1.26
1553 */
1554 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1555
1556 /**
1557 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1558 * Fields are:
1559 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1560 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1561 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1562 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1563 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1564 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1565 * @deprecated since 1.28
1566 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1567 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1568 * - mode: Gallery mode
1569 */
1570 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1574 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1575 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1576 */
1577 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1578
1579 /**
1580 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1581 */
1582 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1583
1584 /**
1585 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1586 *
1587 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1588 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1589 */
1590 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * @name DJVU settings
1594 * @{
1595 */
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Path of the djvudump executable
1599 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1600 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1601 */
1602 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1606 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1607 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1608 */
1609 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1613 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1614 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1615 */
1616 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1617
1618 /**
1619 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1620 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1621 *
1622 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1623 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1624 * the efficiency problem.
1625 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1626 *
1627 * @par Example:
1628 * @code
1629 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1630 * @endcode
1631 */
1632 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1633
1634 /**
1635 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1636 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1637 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1638 */
1639 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1640
1641 /**
1642 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1643 */
1644 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1645
1646 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1647
1648 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1649
1650 /************************************************************************//**
1651 * @name Email settings
1652 * @{
1653 */
1654
1655 /**
1656 * Site admin email address.
1657 *
1658 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1659 */
1660 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1661
1662 /**
1663 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1664 *
1665 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1666 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1667 *
1668 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1669 */
1670 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1674 *
1675 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1676 */
1677 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1681 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1682 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1683 */
1684 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1685
1686 /**
1687 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1688 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1689 */
1690 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1691
1692 /**
1693 * Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users
1694 * to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked
1695 * to from emails originating from Special:Email.
1696 *
1697 * @since 1.34
1698 * @deprecated 1.34
1699 */
1700 $wgEnableSpecialMute = false;
1701
1702 /**
1703 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1704 *
1705 * @since 1.30
1706 */
1707 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1711 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1712 *
1713 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1714 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1715 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1716 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1717 */
1718 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1722 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1723 */
1724 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1725
1726 /**
1727 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1728 */
1729 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1733 */
1734 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1735
1736 /**
1737 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1738 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1739 */
1740 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1741
1742 /**
1743 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1744 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1745 */
1746 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1747
1748 /**
1749 * SMTP Mode.
1750 *
1751 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1752 * Default to false or fill an array :
1753 *
1754 * @code
1755 * $wgSMTP = [
1756 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1757 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1758 * 'port' => '25',
1759 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1760 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1761 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1762 * ];
1763 * @endcode
1764 */
1765 $wgSMTP = false;
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1769 */
1770 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1771
1772 /**
1773 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1774 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1775 */
1776 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1777
1778 /**
1779 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1780 *
1781 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1782 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1783 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1784 *
1785 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1786 *
1787 * @var bool
1788 */
1789 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1790
1791 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1792 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1793 # enable or disable at their discretion
1794 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1795 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1799 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1800 * spam relay.
1801 */
1802 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1803
1804 /**
1805 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1806 */
1807 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1808
1809 /**
1810 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1811 * user talk page.
1812 *
1813 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1814 * preference set to true.
1815 */
1816 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1817
1818 /**
1819 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1820 *
1821 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1822 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1823 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1824 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1825 *
1826 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1827 *
1828 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1829 *
1830 * @var bool
1831 */
1832 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1833
1834 /**
1835 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1836 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1837 *
1838 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1839 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1840 *
1841 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1842 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1843 *
1844 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1845 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1846 */
1847 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1848
1849 /**
1850 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1851 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1852 *
1853 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1854 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1855 */
1856 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1857
1858 /**
1859 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1860 * match the limit on your mail server.
1861 */
1862 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1863
1864 /**
1865 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1866 */
1867 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1868
1869 /**
1870 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1871 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1872 */
1873 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1874
1875 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1876
1877 /************************************************************************//**
1878 * @name Database settings
1879 * @{
1880 */
1881
1882 /**
1883 * Database host name or IP address
1884 */
1885 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1886
1887 /**
1888 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1889 */
1890 $wgDBport = 5432;
1891
1892 /**
1893 * Name of the database; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1894 */
1895 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1896
1897 /**
1898 * Database username
1899 */
1900 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1901
1902 /**
1903 * Database user's password
1904 */
1905 $wgDBpassword = '';
1906
1907 /**
1908 * Database type
1909 */
1910 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1911
1912 /**
1913 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1914 *
1915 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1916 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1917 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1918 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1919 */
1920 $wgDBssl = false;
1921
1922 /**
1923 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1924 *
1925 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1926 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1927 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1928 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1929 */
1930 $wgDBcompress = false;
1931
1932 /**
1933 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1934 */
1935 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1936
1937 /**
1938 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1939 */
1940 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1941
1942 /**
1943 * Search type.
1944 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1945 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1946 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1947 */
1948 $wgSearchType = null;
1949
1950 /**
1951 * Alternative search types
1952 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1953 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1954 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1955 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1956 */
1957 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1958
1959 /**
1960 * Table name prefix.
1961 * Should be alphanumeric plus underscores, and not contain spaces nor hyphens.
1962 * Suggested format ends with an underscore.
1963 */
1964 $wgDBprefix = '';
1965
1966 /**
1967 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1968 */
1969 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1970
1971 /**
1972 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1973 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1974 * DBA has done his best job.
1975 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1976 */
1977 $wgSQLMode = '';
1978
1979 /**
1980 * Mediawiki schema; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1981 */
1982 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1983
1984 /**
1985 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1986 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1987 * @since 1.32
1988 */
1989 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1990
1991 /**
1992 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1993 */
1994 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1995
1996 /**
1997 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1998 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1999 * main database.
2000 *
2001 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
2002 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
2003 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
2004 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
2005 *
2006 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
2007 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
2008 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
2009 *
2010 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
2011 * $wgDBprefix.
2012 *
2013 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
2014 * $wgDBmwschema.
2015 *
2016 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
2017 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
2018 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
2019 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
2020 */
2021 $wgSharedDB = null;
2022
2023 /**
2024 * @see $wgSharedDB
2025 */
2026 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2027
2028 /**
2029 * @see $wgSharedDB
2030 */
2031 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2032
2033 /**
2034 * @see $wgSharedDB
2035 * @since 1.23
2036 */
2037 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2038
2039 /**
2040 * Database load balancer
2041 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2042 * Fields are:
2043 * - host: Host name
2044 * - dbname: Default database name
2045 * - user: DB user
2046 * - password: DB password
2047 * - type: DB type
2048 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2049 *
2050 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2051 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2052 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2053 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2054 *
2055 * - groupLoads: (optional) Array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query
2056 * may belong to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2057 *
2058 * - flags: (optional) Bit field of properties:
2059 * - DBO_DEFAULT: Transactionalize web requests and use autocommit otherwise
2060 * - DBO_DEBUG: Equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2061 * - DBO_SSL: Use TLS connection encryption if available
2062 * - DBO_COMPRESS: Use protocol compression with database connections
2063 * - DBO_PERSISTENT: Enables persistent database connections
2064 *
2065 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2066 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2067 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2068 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2069 * This is what DBO_DEFAULT uses to determine when a web request is present.
2070 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2071 *
2072 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2073 * variable of the Database object.
2074 *
2075 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2076 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2077 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2078 *
2079 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2080 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2081 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2082 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2083 *
2084 * @code
2085 * SET @@read_only=1;
2086 * @endcode
2087 *
2088 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2089 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2090 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2091 */
2092 $wgDBservers = false;
2093
2094 /**
2095 * Load balancer factory configuration
2096 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2097 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2098 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2099 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2100 *
2101 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2102 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2103 */
2104 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2105
2106 /**
2107 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2108 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2109 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2110 * @since 1.27
2111 */
2112 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2113
2114 /**
2115 * File to log database errors to
2116 */
2117 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2118
2119 /**
2120 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2121 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2122 *
2123 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2124 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2125 *
2126 * @par Examples:
2127 * @code
2128 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2129 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2130 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2131 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2132 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2133 * @endcode
2134 *
2135 * @since 1.20
2136 */
2137 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2138
2139 /**
2140 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2141 *
2142 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2143 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2144 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2145 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2146 * - "<DB NAME>"
2147 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2148 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2149 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2150 * from these IDs.
2151 */
2152 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2153
2154 /**
2155 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2156 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2157 * show a more obvious warning.
2158 */
2159 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2160
2161 /**
2162 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2163 */
2164 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2165
2166 /**
2167 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2168 */
2169 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2170
2171 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2172
2173 /************************************************************************//**
2174 * @name Text storage
2175 * @{
2176 */
2177
2178 /**
2179 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2180 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2181 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2182 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2183 */
2184 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2185
2186 /**
2187 * External stores allow including content
2188 * from non database sources following URL links.
2189 *
2190 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2191 * @code
2192 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2193 * @endcode
2194 *
2195 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2196 */
2197 $wgExternalStores = [];
2198
2199 /**
2200 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2201 *
2202 * @par Example:
2203 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2204 * @code
2205 * $wgExternalServers = [
2206 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2207 * ];
2208 * @endcode
2209 *
2210 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2211 * another class.
2212 */
2213 $wgExternalServers = [];
2214
2215 /**
2216 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2217 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2218 *
2219 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2220 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2221 *
2222 * @par Example:
2223 * @code
2224 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2225 * @endcode
2226 *
2227 * @var array
2228 */
2229 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2230
2231 /**
2232 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2233 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2234 *
2235 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2236 */
2237 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2238
2239 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2240
2241 /************************************************************************//**
2242 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2243 * @{
2244 */
2245
2246 /**
2247 * Disable database-intensive features
2248 */
2249 $wgMiserMode = false;
2250
2251 /**
2252 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2253 */
2254 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2255
2256 /**
2257 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2258 */
2259 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2260
2261 /**
2262 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2263 */
2264 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2265
2266 /**
2267 * Enable slow parser functions
2268 */
2269 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2270
2271 /**
2272 * Allow schema updates
2273 */
2274 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2275
2276 /**
2277 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2278 */
2279 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2280
2281 /**
2282 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2283 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2284 */
2285 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2286
2287 /**
2288 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2289 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2290 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2291 * @since 1.26
2292 */
2293 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2294
2295 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2296
2297 /************************************************************************//**
2298 * @name Cache settings
2299 * @{
2300 */
2301
2302 /**
2303 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2304 * from the web.
2305 *
2306 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2307 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2308 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2309 */
2310 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2311
2312 /**
2313 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2314 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2315 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2316 *
2317 * The options are:
2318 *
2319 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2320 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2321 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2322 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2323 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2324 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2325 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2326 *
2327 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2328 */
2329 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2330
2331 /**
2332 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2333 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2334 *
2335 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2336 */
2337 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2338
2339 /**
2340 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2341 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2342 *
2343 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2344 */
2345 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2346
2347 /**
2348 * The cache type for storing session data.
2349 *
2350 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2351 */
2352 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2353
2354 /**
2355 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2356 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2357 *
2358 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2359 *
2360 * @since 1.20
2361 */
2362 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2363
2364 /**
2365 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2366 *
2367 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2368 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2369 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2370 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2371 *
2372 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2373 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2374 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2375 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2376 */
2377 $wgObjectCaches = [
2378 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2379 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2380
2381 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2382 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2383 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2384
2385 'db-replicated' => [
2386 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2387 'readFactory' => [
2388 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2389 'args' => [ [ 'replicaOnly' => true ] ]
2390 ],
2391 'writeFactory' => [
2392 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2393 'args' => [ [ 'replicaOnly' => false ] ]
2394 ],
2395 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2396 'reportDupes' => false
2397 ],
2398
2399 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2400 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2401 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2402 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2403 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2404 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2405 ];
2406
2407 /**
2408 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2409 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2410 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2411 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2412 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2413 *
2414 * The options are:
2415 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2416 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2417 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2418 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2419 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2420 * @since 1.26
2421 */
2422 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2423
2424 /**
2425 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2426 *
2427 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2428 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2429 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2430 *
2431 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2432 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2433 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "loggroup" parameter controls
2434 * where log events are sent.
2435 *
2436 * @since 1.26
2437 */
2438 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2439 CACHE_NONE => [
2440 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2441 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE
2442 ]
2443 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2444 'memcached-php' => [
2445 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2446 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php'
2447 ]
2448 */
2449 ];
2450
2451 /**
2452 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2453 *
2454 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2455 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2456 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2457 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2458 *
2459 * @var bool
2460 * @since 1.29
2461 */
2462 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2463
2464 /**
2465 * The object store type of the main stash.
2466 *
2467 * This store should be a very fast storage system optimized for holding lightweight data
2468 * like incrementable hit counters and current user activity. The store should replicate the
2469 * dataset among all data-centers. Any add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() operations should
2470 * maintain "best effort" linearizability; as long as connectivity is strong, latency is low,
2471 * and there is no eviction pressure prompted by low free space, those operations should be
2472 * linearizable. In terms of PACELC (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem), the store
2473 * should act as a PA/EL distributed system for these operations. One optimization for these
2474 * operations is to route them to a "primary" data-center (e.g. one that serves HTTP POST) for
2475 * synchronous execution and then replicate to the others asynchronously. This means that at
2476 * least calls to these operations during HTTP POST requests would quickly return.
2477 *
2478 * All other operations, such as get(), set(), delete(), changeTTL(), incr(), and decr(),
2479 * should be synchronous in the local data-center, replicating asynchronously to the others.
2480 * This behavior can be overriden by the use of the WRITE_SYNC and READ_LATEST flags.
2481 *
2482 * The store should *preferably* have eventual consistency to handle network partitions.
2483 *
2484 * Modules that rely on the stash should be prepared for:
2485 * - add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() to be slower than other write operations,
2486 * at least in "secondary" data-centers (e.g. one that only serves HTTP GET/HEAD)
2487 * - Other write operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
2488 * - Read operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
2489 * - Consistency to be either eventual (with Last-Write-Wins) or just "best effort"
2490 *
2491 * In general, this means avoiding updates during idempotent HTTP requests (GET/HEAD) and
2492 * avoiding assumptions of true linearizability (e.g. accepting anomalies). Modules that need
2493 * these kind of guarantees should use other storage mediums.
2494 *
2495 * The options are:
2496 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2497 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2498 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2499 *
2500 * @since 1.26
2501 */
2502 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2503
2504 /**
2505 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2506 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2507 */
2508 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2509
2510 /**
2511 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2512 */
2513 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2514
2515 /**
2516 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2517 *
2518 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2519 *
2520 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2521 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2522 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2523 * others' cookies.
2524 *
2525 * @since 1.27
2526 * @var string
2527 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2528 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2529 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2530 */
2531 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2532
2533 /**
2534 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2535 *
2536 * @since 1.28
2537 */
2538 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2539
2540 /**
2541 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2542 */
2543 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2544
2545 /**
2546 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2547 */
2548 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2549
2550 /**
2551 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2552 * requests.
2553 */
2554 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2555
2556 /**
2557 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2558 */
2559 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2563 *
2564 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2565 *
2566 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2567 *
2568 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2569 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2570 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2571 */
2572 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2573
2574 /**
2575 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2576 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2577 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2578 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2579 */
2580 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * Localisation cache configuration.
2584 *
2585 * Used by Language::getLocalisationCache() to decide how to construct the
2586 * LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys:
2587 *
2588 * class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object.
2589 * This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache.
2590 * Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory'
2591 * and 'manualRecache' options where applicable.
2592 *
2593 * storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional.
2594 * The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option
2595 * as abstraction for this.
2596 *
2597 * store: How and where to store localisation cache data.
2598 * This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name.
2599 * Must be one of:
2600 * - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory'
2601 * or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise.
2602 * - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files.
2603 * - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files.
2604 * - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table.
2605 *
2606 * storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it
2607 * will use this directory. If set to false (default), then
2608 * $wgCacheDirectory is used instead.
2609 *
2610 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2611 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2612 */
2613 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2614 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2615 'store' => 'detect',
2616 'storeClass' => false,
2617 'storeDirectory' => false,
2618 'manualRecache' => false,
2619 ];
2620
2621 /**
2622 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2623 */
2624 $wgCachePages = true;
2625
2626 /**
2627 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2628 * client-side and server-side caching.
2629 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2630 * @verbatim
2631 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2632 * @endverbatim
2633 */
2634 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2635
2636 /**
2637 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2638 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2639 */
2640 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2641
2642 /**
2643 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2644 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2645 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2646 */
2647 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2648
2649 /**
2650 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2651 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2652 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2653 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2654 */
2655 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2659 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2660 */
2661 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2662
2663 /**
2664 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2665 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2666 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2667 *
2668 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2669 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2670 * don't update as expected.
2671 */
2672 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2673
2674 /**
2675 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2676 */
2677 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2681 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2682 *
2683 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2684 */
2685 $wgUseGzip = false;
2686
2687 /**
2688 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2689 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2690 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2691 *
2692 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2693 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2694 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2695 */
2696 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2697
2698 /**
2699 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2700 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2701 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2702 *
2703 * @par Example:
2704 * @code
2705 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2706 * @endcode
2707 *
2708 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2709 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2710 *
2711 * @var int|bool
2712 */
2713 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2714
2715 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2716
2717 /************************************************************************//**
2718 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2719 *
2720 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2721 * although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for
2722 * historical reasons.
2723 *
2724 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2725 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2726 * more details.
2727 *
2728 * @{
2729 */
2730
2731 /**
2732 * Enable/disable CDN.
2733 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2734 *
2735 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid.
2736 */
2737 $wgUseCdn = false;
2738
2739 /**
2740 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2741 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2742 */
2743 $wgUseESI = false;
2744
2745 /**
2746 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2747 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2748 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2749 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2750 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2751 * HTTP redirects.
2752 */
2753 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2754
2755 /**
2756 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2757 *
2758 * @par Example:
2759 * @code
2760 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2761 * @endcode
2762 */
2763 $wgInternalServer = false;
2764
2765 /**
2766 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2767 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2768 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2769 *
2770 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2771 *
2772 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage
2773 */
2774 $wgCdnMaxAge = 18000;
2775
2776 /**
2777 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2778 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2779 *
2780 * @since 1.27
2781 */
2782 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2783
2784 /**
2785 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2786 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2787 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2788 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2789 *
2790 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2791 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2792 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2793 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2794 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2795 *
2796 * @since 1.27
2797 */
2798 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2799
2800 /**
2801 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2802 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2803 * @since 1.27
2804 */
2805 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2806
2807 /**
2808 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2809 *
2810 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2811 */
2812 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2813
2814 /**
2815 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2816 *
2817 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2818 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2819 *
2820 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2821 *
2822 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers.
2823 */
2824 $wgCdnServers = [];
2825
2826 /**
2827 * As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes;
2828 * use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP
2829 * addresses and CIDR blocks.
2830 *
2831 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2832 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge
2833 */
2834 $wgCdnServersNoPurge = [];
2835
2836 /**
2837 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2838 * configured in $wgCdnServers. Set this to false to support a CDN
2839 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2840 *
2841 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2842 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2843 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2844 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2845 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2846 *
2847 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2848 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2849 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2850 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2851 * reverse).
2852 *
2853 * @since 1.21
2854 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2855 */
2856 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2857
2858 /**
2859 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2860 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2861 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2862 *
2863 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2864 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2865 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2866 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2867 *
2868 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2869 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2870 * @code
2871 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2872 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2873 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2874 * 'port' => 4827,
2875 * ],
2876 * '' => [
2877 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2878 * 'port' => 4827,
2879 * ],
2880 * ];
2881 * @endcode
2882 *
2883 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2884 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2885 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2886 *
2887 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2888 * @code
2889 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2890 * '' => [
2891 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2892 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2893 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2894 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2895 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2896 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2897 * ],
2898 * ];
2899 * @endcode
2900 *
2901 * @since 1.22
2902 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2903 */
2904 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2905
2906 /**
2907 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2908 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2909 */
2910 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2911
2912 /**
2913 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2914 */
2915 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2916
2917 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2918
2919 /************************************************************************//**
2920 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2921 * @{
2922 */
2923
2924 /**
2925 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2926 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2927 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2928 *
2929 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2930 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2931 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2932 *
2933 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2934 * change it in their preferences.
2935 *
2936 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2937 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2938 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2939 */
2940 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2941
2942 /**
2943 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2944 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2945 */
2946 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2947
2948 /**
2949 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2950 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2951 *
2952 * @par Example:
2953 * @code
2954 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2955 * @endcode
2956 */
2957 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2958
2959 /**
2960 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2961 */
2962 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2963
2964 /**
2965 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2966 */
2967 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2968
2969 /**
2970 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2971 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2972 * Notes:
2973 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2974 * map.
2975 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2976 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2977 * this array.
2978 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2979 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2980 * the prefix in this array.
2981 */
2982 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2983
2984 /**
2985 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2986 */
2987 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2988
2989 /**
2990 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2991 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2992 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2993 *
2994 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2995 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2996 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2997 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2998 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2999 *
3000 * @since 1.29
3001 */
3002 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3003 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
3004 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3005 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3006
3007 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
3008 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3009 ];
3010
3011 /**
3012 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3013 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3014 *
3015 * @deprecated since 1.29
3016 */
3017 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3018
3019 /**
3020 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3021 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3022 * set to "ar".
3023 *
3024 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3025 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3026 *
3027 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3028 */
3029 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3033 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3034 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3035 * support these characters.
3036 *
3037 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3038 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3039 *
3040 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3041 */
3042 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3043
3044 /**
3045 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3046 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3047 * impact.
3048 *
3049 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3050 * details.
3051 *
3052 * @since 1.17
3053 */
3054 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3055
3056 /**
3057 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3058 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3059 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3060 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3061 *
3062 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3063 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3064 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3065 */
3066 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3067
3068 /**
3069 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3070 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3071 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3072 *
3073 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3074 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3075 * to remain viewable.
3076 *
3077 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3078 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3079 */
3080 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3081
3082 /**
3083 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3084 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3085 */
3086 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3087
3088 /**
3089 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3090 * numerals in interface.
3091 */
3092 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3093
3094 /**
3095 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3096 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3097 */
3098 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3099
3100 /**
3101 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3102 */
3103 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3104
3105 /**
3106 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3107 */
3108 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3109
3110 /**
3111 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3112 */
3113 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3114
3115 /**
3116 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3117 */
3118 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3119
3120 /**
3121 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3122 */
3123 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3124
3125 /**
3126 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3127 * used to ease variant development work.
3128 */
3129 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3130
3131 /**
3132 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3133 *
3134 * @par Example:
3135 * @code
3136 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3137 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3138 * @endcode
3139 */
3140 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3141
3142 /**
3143 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3144 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3145 * language variant.
3146 *
3147 * @par Example:
3148 * @code
3149 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3150 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3151 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3152 * @endcode
3153 *
3154 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3155 *
3156 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3157 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3158 */
3159 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3160
3161 /**
3162 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3163 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3164 * customise these.
3165 */
3166 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3167
3168 /**
3169 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3170 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3171 *
3172 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3173 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3174 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3175 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3176 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3177 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3178 * the default behavior.
3179 *
3180 * @par Example:
3181 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3182 * portal:
3183 * @code
3184 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3185 * @endcode
3186 */
3187 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3188
3189 /**
3190 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3191 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3192 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3193 *
3194 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3195 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3196 *
3197 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3198 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3199 *
3200 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3201 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3202 *
3203 * @par Examples:
3204 * @code
3205 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3206 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3207 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3208 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3209 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3210 * @endcode
3211 */
3212 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3213
3214 /**
3215 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3216 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3217 *
3218 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3219 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3220 *
3221 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3222 */
3223 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3224
3225 /**
3226 * List of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
3227 * Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
3228 * represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
3229 * on why this is useful during php version transitions.
3230 *
3231 * @warning: EXPERIMENTAL!
3232 *
3233 * @since 1.34
3234 * @var array
3235 */
3236 $wgOverrideUcfirstCharacters = [];
3237
3238 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3239
3240 /*************************************************************************//**
3241 * @name Output format and skin settings
3242 * @{
3243 */
3244
3245 /**
3246 * The default Content-Type header.
3247 */
3248 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3249
3250 /**
3251 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3252 *
3253 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3254 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3255 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3256 * @since 1.16
3257 */
3258 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3259
3260 /**
3261 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3262 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3263 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3264 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3265 * @since 1.24
3266 */
3267 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3268
3269 /**
3270 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3271 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3272 * stable and change has been communicated.
3273 * @since 1.24
3274 */
3275 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3279 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3280 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3281 *
3282 * @since 1.28
3283 */
3284 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3285
3286 /**
3287 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3288 *
3289 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3290 *
3291 * @par Example:
3292 * @code
3293 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3294 * @endcode
3295 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3296 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3297 *
3298 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3299 */
3300 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3301
3302 /**
3303 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3304 *
3305 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3306 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3307 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3308 */
3309 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3310
3311 /**
3312 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3313 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3314 */
3315 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3316
3317 /**
3318 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3319 *
3320 * @since 1.24
3321 */
3322 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3323
3324 /**
3325 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3326 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3327 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3328 */
3329 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3330
3331 /**
3332 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3333 */
3334 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3335
3336 /**
3337 * Allow user Javascript page?
3338 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3339 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3340 */
3341 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3342
3343 /**
3344 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3345 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3346 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3347 */
3348 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3349
3350 /**
3351 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3352 *
3353 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3354 * are available to users.
3355 */
3356 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3357
3358 /**
3359 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3360 */
3361 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3362
3363 /**
3364 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3365 */
3366 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3367
3368 /**
3369 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3370 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3371 */
3372 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3373
3374 /**
3375 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3376 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3377 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3378 *
3379 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3380 *
3381 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3382 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3383 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3384 *
3385 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3386 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3387 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3388 * recommended.
3389 *
3390 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3391 * not just edit pages.
3392 */
3393 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3394
3395 /**
3396 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3397 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3398 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3399 * Options are:
3400 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3401 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3402 * - false: Allow all framing.
3403 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3404 */
3405 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3406
3407 /**
3408 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3409 */
3410 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3411
3412 /**
3413 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3414 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3415 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3416 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3417 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3418 *
3419 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3420 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3421 * a page.
3422 *
3423 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3424 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3425 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3426 * would still work.
3427 *
3428 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3429 *
3430 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3431 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3432 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3433 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3434 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3435 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3436 * fragment mode is used.
3437 *
3438 * @since 1.30
3439 */
3440 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3441
3442 /**
3443 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3444 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3445 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3446 * to 'html5'.
3447 *
3448 * @since 1.30
3449 */
3450 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3451
3452 /**
3453 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3454 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3455 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3456 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3457 *
3458 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3459 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3460 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3461 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3462 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3463 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3464 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3465 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3466 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3467 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3468 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3469 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3470 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3471 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3472 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3473 * not be outputted
3474 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3475 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3476 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3477 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3478 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3479 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3480 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3481 */
3482 $wgFooterIcons = [
3483 "copyright" => [
3484 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3485 ],
3486 "poweredby" => [
3487 "mediawiki" => [
3488 // Defaults to point at
3489 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3490 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3491 "src" => null,
3492 "url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/",
3493 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3494 ]
3495 ],
3496 ];
3497
3498 /**
3499 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3500 * to create an account.
3501 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3502 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3503 */
3504 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3505
3506 /**
3507 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3508 */
3509 $wgEdititis = false;
3510
3511 /**
3512 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3513 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3514 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3515 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3516 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3517 *
3518 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3519 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3520 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3521 */
3522 $wgSend404Code = true;
3523
3524 /**
3525 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3526 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3527 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3528 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3529 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3530 *
3531 * @since 1.20
3532 */
3533 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3534
3535 /**
3536 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3537 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3538 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3539 * unconditionally.
3540 */
3541 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3542
3543 /**
3544 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3545 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3546 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3547 * the domain root.
3548 *
3549 * @since 1.25
3550 */
3551 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3552
3553 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3554
3555 /*************************************************************************//**
3556 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3557 * @{
3558 */
3559
3560 /**
3561 * Client-side resource modules.
3562 *
3563 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3564 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3565 *
3566 * @par Example:
3567 * @code
3568 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3569 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3570 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3571 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3572 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3573 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3574 * ];
3575 * @endcode
3576 */
3577 $wgResourceModules = [];
3578
3579 /**
3580 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3581 *
3582 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3583 * not be modified or disabled.
3584 *
3585 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3586 *
3587 * @par Example:
3588 * @code
3589 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3590 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3591 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3592 * ];
3593 *
3594 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3595 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3596 * ];
3597 * @endcode
3598 *
3599 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3600 *
3601 * @par Equivalent:
3602 * @code
3603 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3604 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3605 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3606 * 'skinStyles' => [
3607 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3608 * ],
3609 * ];
3610 * @endcode
3611 *
3612 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3613 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3614 *
3615 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3616 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3617 *
3618 * @par Example:
3619 * @code
3620 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3621 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3622 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3623 * 'skinStyles' => [
3624 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3625 * ],
3626 * ];
3627 * // Note the '+' character:
3628 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3629 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3630 * ];
3631 * @endcode
3632 *
3633 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3634 *
3635 * @par Equivalent:
3636 * @code
3637 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3638 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3639 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3640 * 'skinStyles' => [
3641 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3642 * 'foo' => [
3643 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3644 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3645 * ],
3646 * ],
3647 * ];
3648 * @endcode
3649 *
3650 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3651 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3652 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3653 *
3654 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3655 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3656 *
3657 * @par Example:
3658 * @code
3659 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3660 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3661 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3662 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3663 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3664 * ];
3665 * @endcode
3666 */
3667 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3668
3669 /**
3670 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3671 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3672 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3673 *
3674 * @par Example:
3675 * @code
3676 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3677 * @endcode
3678 */
3679 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3680
3681 /**
3682 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3683 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3684 */
3685 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3686
3687 /**
3688 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3689 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3690 *
3691 * Following options to distinguish:
3692 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3693 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3694 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3695 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3696 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3697 *
3698 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3699 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3700 * client and MediaWiki.
3701 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3702 */
3703 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3704 'versioned' => [
3705 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3706 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3707 ],
3708 'unversioned' => [
3709 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3710 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3711 ],
3712 ];
3713
3714 /**
3715 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3716 *
3717 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3718 */
3719 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3720
3721 /**
3722 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3723 *
3724 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3725 */
3726 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3727
3728 /**
3729 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3730 *
3731 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3732 * work.
3733 *
3734 * @par Example of legacy code:
3735 * @code{,js}
3736 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3737 * @endcode
3738 * or:
3739 * @code{,js}
3740 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3741 * @endcode
3742 *
3743 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3744 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3745 * @code{,js}
3746 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3747 * @endcode
3748 * or:
3749 * @code{,js}
3750 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3751 * @endcode
3752 */
3753 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3754
3755 /**
3756 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3757 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3758 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3759 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3760 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3761 * that you can't increase.
3762 *
3763 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3764 * string length limit.
3765 *
3766 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3767 */
3768 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3769
3770 /**
3771 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3772 * prior to minification to validate it.
3773 *
3774 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3775 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3776 */
3777 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3778
3779 /**
3780 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3781 *
3782 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3783 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3784 *
3785 * @since 1.32
3786 */
3787 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3788
3789 /**
3790 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3791 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3792 */
3793 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3794
3795 /**
3796 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3797 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3798 *
3799 * @since 1.23
3800 */
3801 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3802
3803 /**
3804 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3805 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3806 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3807 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3808 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3809 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3810 * from the rest of the site.
3811 *
3812 * @since 1.25
3813 */
3814 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3815
3816 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3817
3818 /*************************************************************************//**
3819 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3820 * @{
3821 */
3822
3823 /**
3824 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3825 * used instead.
3826 */
3827 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3828
3829 /**
3830 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3831 *
3832 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3833 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3834 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3835 */
3836 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3837
3838 /**
3839 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3840 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3841 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3842 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3843 * hook or extension.json.
3844 *
3845 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3846 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3847 * the new namespace name.
3848 *
3849 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3850 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3851 *
3852 * @par Example:
3853 * @code
3854 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3855 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3856 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3857 * 102 => "Aide",
3858 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3859 * ];
3860 * @endcode
3861 *
3862 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3863 */
3864 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3865
3866 /**
3867 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3868 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3869 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3870 * @since 1.18
3871 */
3872 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3873
3874 /**
3875 * Namespace aliases.
3876 *
3877 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3878 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3879 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3880 * name.
3881 *
3882 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3883 *
3884 * @par Example:
3885 * @code
3886 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3887 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3888 * 'Help' => 100,
3889 * ];
3890 * @endcode
3891 */
3892 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3893
3894 /**
3895 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3896 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3897 *
3898 * Problematic punctuation:
3899 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3900 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3901 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3902 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3903 * corrupted by apache
3904 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3905 *
3906 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3907 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3908 *
3909 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3910 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3911 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3912 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3913 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3914 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3915 *
3916 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3917 */
3918 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3919
3920 /**
3921 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3922 *
3923 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3924 */
3925 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3926
3927 /**
3928 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3929 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3930 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3931 *
3932 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3933 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3934 */
3935 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3936
3937 /**
3938 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3939 */
3940 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3941
3942 /**
3943 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3944 * @{
3945 */
3946
3947 /**
3948 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3949 * database (.cdb) file.
3950 *
3951 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3952 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3953 * formats such as the following:
3954 *
3955 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3956 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3957 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3958 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3959 *
3960 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3961 * data layout.
3962 *
3963 * @var bool|array|string
3964 */
3965 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3966
3967 /**
3968 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3969 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3970 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3971 * - 3: site levels
3972 */
3973 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3974
3975 /**
3976 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3977 */
3978 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3979
3980 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3981
3982 /**
3983 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3984 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3985 * as 'redirected from' links.
3986 *
3987 * @par Example:
3988 * It might look something like this:
3989 * @code
3990 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3991 * @endcode
3992 *
3993 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3994 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3995 * the URL.
3996 */
3997 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3998
3999 /**
4000 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4001 *
4002 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4003 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4004 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4005 */
4006 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4007
4008 /**
4009 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, see
4010 * NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by default (and
4011 * setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be so. Also, since Talk
4012 * namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content namespaces, the values for those are
4013 * ignored in favor of the subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically
4014 * from NS_FILE.
4015 *
4016 * @par Example:
4017 * @code
4018 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4019 * @endcode
4020 */
4021 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4022
4023 /**
4024 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4025 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4026 */
4027 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4028 NS_TALK => true,
4029 NS_USER => true,
4030 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4031 NS_PROJECT => true,
4032 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4033 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4034 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4035 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4036 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4037 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4038 NS_HELP => true,
4039 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4040 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4041 ];
4042
4043 /**
4044 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4045 *
4046 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4047 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4048 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4049 *
4050 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4051 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4052 *
4053 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4054 * the new extension registration system.
4055 *
4056 * @since 1.23
4057 */
4058 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4059
4060 /**
4061 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4062 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4063 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4064 * number of articles in the wiki.
4065 */
4066 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4067
4068 /**
4069 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4070 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4071 * be shown on that page.
4072 * @since 1.30
4073 */
4074 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4075
4076 /**
4077 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4078 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4079 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4080 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4081 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4082 */
4083 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4084
4085 /**
4086 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4087 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4088 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4089 */
4090 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4091
4092 /**
4093 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4094 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4095 * will make the redirect fail.
4096 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4097 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4098 *
4099 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4100 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4101 */
4102 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4103
4104 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4105
4106 /************************************************************************//**
4107 * @name Parser settings
4108 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4109 * @{
4110 */
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4114 *
4115 * class The class name
4116 *
4117 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4118 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4119 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4120 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4121 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4122 *
4123 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4124 *
4125 * The Preprocessor_DOM class is deprecated, and will be removed in a future
4126 * release.
4127 *
4128 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4129 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4130 * the configuration will change at runtime via Parser member functions, so
4131 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4132 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4133 * an extension setup function.
4134 */
4135 $wgParserConf = [
4136 'class' => Parser::class,
4137 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4138 ];
4139
4140 /**
4141 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4142 */
4143 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4144
4145 /**
4146 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4147 * by PPFrame::expand()
4148 */
4149 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4150
4151 /**
4152 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4153 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4154 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4155 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4156 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4157 *
4158 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4159 */
4160 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4161
4162 /**
4163 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4164 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4165 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4166 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4167 */
4168 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4169
4170 /**
4171 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4172 */
4173 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4174
4175 /**
4176 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4177 *
4178 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4179 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4180 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4181 * more information.
4182 *
4183 * @see wfParseUrl
4184 */
4185 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4186 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4187 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4188 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4189 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4190 ];
4191
4192 /**
4193 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4194 */
4195 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4196
4197 /**
4198 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4199 */
4200 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4201
4202 /**
4203 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4204 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4205 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4206 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4207 *
4208 * @par Examples:
4209 * @code
4210 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4211 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4212 * @endcode
4213 */
4214 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4215
4216 /**
4217 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4218 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4219 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4220 * The image will be displayed.
4221 *
4222 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4223 * Or false to disable it
4224 *
4225 * @since 1.14
4226 */
4227 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4228
4229 /**
4230 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4231 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4232 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4233 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4234 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4235 * sites they control.
4236 */
4237 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4238
4239 /**
4240 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4241 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4242 * library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
4243 *
4244 * Setting this to null will use default settings.
4245 *
4246 * Keys include:
4247 * - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
4248 * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4249 * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4250 * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4251 * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
4252 *
4253 * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
4254 *
4255 * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
4256 * production.
4257 */
4258 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4259
4260 /**
4261 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4262 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4263 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4264 */
4265 $wgRawHtml = false;
4266
4267 /**
4268 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4269 *
4270 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4271 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4272 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4273 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4274 * to some of your users.
4275 */
4276 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4277
4278 /**
4279 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4280 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4281 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4282 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4283 */
4284 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4285
4286 /**
4287 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4288 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4289 */
4290 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4291
4292 /**
4293 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4294 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4295 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4296 *
4297 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4298 *
4299 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4300 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4301 * etc.
4302 *
4303 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4304 */
4305 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4306
4307 /**
4308 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4309 */
4310 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4311
4312 /**
4313 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4314 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4315 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4316 */
4317 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4318
4319 /**
4320 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4321 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4322 */
4323 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4324
4325 /**
4326 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4327 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4328 */
4329 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4330
4331 /**
4332 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4333 */
4334 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4338 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4339 */
4340 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4344 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4345 *
4346 * @since 1.28
4347 */
4348 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4349 'ISBN' => false,
4350 'PMID' => false,
4351 'RFC' => false
4352 ];
4353
4354 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4355
4356 /************************************************************************//**
4357 * @name Statistics
4358 * @{
4359 */
4360
4361 /**
4362 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4363 * as a valid article.
4364 *
4365 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4366 *
4367 * This variable can have the following values:
4368 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4369 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4370 *
4371 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4372 *
4373 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4374 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4375 * script.
4376 */
4377 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4378
4379 /**
4380 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4381 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4382 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4383 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4384 * numbers between different wikis.
4385 */
4386 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4387
4388 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4389
4390 /************************************************************************//**
4391 * @name User accounts, authentication
4392 * @{
4393 */
4394
4395 /**
4396 * Central ID lookup providers
4397 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4398 * @since 1.27
4399 */
4400 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4401 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4402 ];
4403
4404 /**
4405 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4406 * @var string
4407 */
4408 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4409
4410 /**
4411 * Password policy for the wiki.
4412 * Structured as
4413 * [
4414 * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
4415 * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
4416 * ]
4417 * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
4418 * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
4419 * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
4420 * of options with the following keys:
4421 * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
4422 * - forceChange: (bool, default false) if the password is invalid, do
4423 * not let the user log in without changing the password
4424 * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (bool, default false) if true and the password is
4425 * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
4426 * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
4427 * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
4428 * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
4429 * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
4430 * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
4431 * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
4432 * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
4433 *
4434 * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
4435 * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
4436 * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
4437 * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
4438 * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
4439 *
4440 * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
4441 * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
4442 * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
4443 * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
4444 * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
4445 *
4446 * The checks supported by core are:
4447 * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
4448 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
4449 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4450 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4451 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4452 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
4453 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4454 * match a blacklist of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
4455 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4456 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4457 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4458 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4459 * Deprecated since 1.33. Use PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist instead.
4460 * - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
4461 * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
4462 * is a probabilistic test.
4463 *
4464 * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
4465 * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
4466 * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
4467 * passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
4468 * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
4469 * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
4470 *
4471 * @since 1.26
4472 * @see PasswordPolicyChecks
4473 * @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
4474 */
4475 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4476 'policies' => [
4477 'bureaucrat' => [
4478 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4479 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4480 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4481 ],
4482 'sysop' => [
4483 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4484 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4485 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4486 ],
4487 'interface-admin' => [
4488 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4489 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4490 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4491 ],
4492 'bot' => [
4493 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4494 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4495 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4496 ],
4497 'default' => [
4498 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 1, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4499 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4500 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4501 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4502 ],
4503 ],
4504 'checks' => [
4505 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4506 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4507 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4508 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4509 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4510 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist',
4511 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInLargeBlacklist',
4512 ],
4513 ];
4514
4515 /**
4516 * Configure AuthManager
4517 *
4518 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4519 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4520 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4521 * (default is 0).
4522 *
4523 * Elements are:
4524 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4525 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4526 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4527 *
4528 * @since 1.27
4529 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4530 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4531 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4532 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4533 */
4534 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4535
4536 /**
4537 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4538 * @since 1.27
4539 */
4540 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4541 'preauth' => [
4542 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4543 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4544 'sort' => 0,
4545 ],
4546 ],
4547 'primaryauth' => [
4548 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4549 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4550 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4551 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4552 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4553 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4554 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4555 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4556 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4557 'args' => [ [
4558 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4559 'authoritative' => false,
4560 ] ],
4561 'sort' => 0,
4562 ],
4563 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4564 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4565 'args' => [ [
4566 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4567 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4568 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4569 // password") if it too fails.
4570 'authoritative' => true,
4571 ] ],
4572 'sort' => 100,
4573 ],
4574 ],
4575 'secondaryauth' => [
4576 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4577 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4578 'sort' => 0,
4579 ],
4580 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4581 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4582 'sort' => 100,
4583 ],
4584 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4585 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4586 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4587 // 'sort' => 100,
4588 // ],
4589 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4590 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4591 'sort' => 200,
4592 ],
4593 ],
4594 ];
4595
4596 /**
4597 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4598 *
4599 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4600 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4601 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4602 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4603 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4604 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4605 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4606 * that needs to do this.
4607 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4608 * the last X seconds.
4609 * - Come up with a third option.
4610 *
4611 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4612 * "X seconds".
4613 *
4614 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4615 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4616 * - LinkAccounts
4617 * - UnlinkAccount
4618 * - ChangeCredentials
4619 * - RemoveCredentials
4620 * - ChangeEmail
4621 *
4622 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4623 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4624 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4625 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4626 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4627 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4628 *
4629 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4630 *
4631 * @since 1.27
4632 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4633 */
4634 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4635 'default' => 300,
4636 ];
4637
4638 /**
4639 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4640 *
4641 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4642 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4643 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4644 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4645 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4646 *
4647 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4648 *
4649 * @since 1.27
4650 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4651 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4652 */
4653 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4654 'default' => true,
4655 ];
4656
4657 /**
4658 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4659 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4660 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4661 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4662 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4663 * @since 1.27
4664 * @var string[]
4665 */
4666 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4667 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4668 ];
4669
4670 /**
4671 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4672 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4673 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4674 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4675 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4676 * @since 1.27
4677 * @var string[]
4678 */
4679 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4680 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4681 ];
4682
4683 /**
4684 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4685 * words are allowed.
4686 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4687 */
4688 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4689
4690 /**
4691 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4692 *
4693 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4694 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4695 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4696 *
4697 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4698 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4699 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4700 */
4701 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4702
4703 /**
4704 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4705 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4706 * @since 1.23
4707 */
4708 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4709
4710 /**
4711 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4712 *
4713 * @since 1.24
4714 */
4715 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4716
4717 /**
4718 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4719 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4720 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4721 *
4722 * An advanced example:
4723 * @code
4724 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4725 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4726 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4727 * 'secrets' => [
4728 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4729 * ],
4730 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4731 * ];
4732 * @endcode
4733 *
4734 * @since 1.24
4735 */
4736 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4737 'A' => [
4738 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4739 ],
4740 'B' => [
4741 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4742 ],
4743 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4744 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4745 'types' => [
4746 'A',
4747 'pbkdf2',
4748 ],
4749 ],
4750 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4751 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4752 'types' => [
4753 'B',
4754 'pbkdf2',
4755 ],
4756 ],
4757 'bcrypt' => [
4758 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4759 'cost' => 9,
4760 ],
4761 'pbkdf2' => [
4762 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4763 'algo' => 'sha512',
4764 'cost' => '30000',
4765 'length' => '64',
4766 ],
4767 'argon2' => [
4768 'class' => Argon2Password::class,
4769
4770 // Algorithm used:
4771 // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks (PHP 7.2+)
4772 // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking (PHP 7.3+)
4773 // * 'auto' to use best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
4774 // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
4775 // older versions might would not understand.
4776 'algo' => 'auto',
4777
4778 // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
4779 // Set them to override that function's defaults.
4780 //
4781 // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
4782 // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
4783 // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
4784 ],
4785 ];
4786
4787 /**
4788 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4789 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4790 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4791 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4792 */
4793 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4794 'username' => true,
4795 'email' => true,
4796 ];
4797
4798 /**
4799 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4800 */
4801 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4802
4803 /**
4804 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4805 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4806 */
4807 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4808
4809 /**
4810 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4811 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4812 */
4813 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4814 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4815 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4816 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4817 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4818 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4819 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4820 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4821 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4822 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4823 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4824 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4825 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4826 ];
4827
4828 /**
4829 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4830 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4831 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4832 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4833 */
4834 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4835 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4836 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4837 'date' => 'default',
4838 'diffonly' => 0,
4839 'disablemail' => 0,
4840 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4841 'editondblclick' => 0,
4842 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4843 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4844 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4845 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4846 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4847 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4848 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4849 'fancysig' => 0,
4850 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4851 'gender' => 'unknown',
4852 'hideminor' => 0,
4853 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4854 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4855 'imagesize' => 2,
4856 'minordefault' => 0,
4857 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4858 'nickname' => '',
4859 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4860 'numberheadings' => 0,
4861 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4862 'previewontop' => 1,
4863 'rcdays' => 7,
4864 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4865 'rclimit' => 50,
4866 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4867 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4868 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4869 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
4870 'skin' => false,
4871 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4872 'thumbsize' => 5,
4873 'underline' => 2,
4874 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4875 'usenewrc' => 1,
4876 'watchcreations' => 1,
4877 'watchdefault' => 1,
4878 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4879 'watchuploads' => 1,
4880 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4881 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4882 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4883 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4884 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4885 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4886 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4887 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4888 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4889 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4890 'watchmoves' => 0,
4891 'watchrollback' => 0,
4892 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4893 'wllimit' => 250,
4894 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4895 'prefershttps' => 1,
4896 ];
4897
4898 /**
4899 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4900 */
4901 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4902
4903 /**
4904 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4905 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4906 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4907 */
4908 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4909
4910 /**
4911 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4912 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4913 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4914 *
4915 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4916 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4917 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4918 */
4919 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4920
4921 /**
4922 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4923 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4924 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4925 * @since 1.17
4926 */
4927 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4928
4929 /**
4930 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4931 *
4932 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4933 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4934 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4935 *
4936 * @since 1.27
4937 * @var string|null
4938 */
4939 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4940
4941 /**
4942 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4943 *
4944 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4945 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4946 *
4947 * @since 1.27
4948 */
4949 $wgSessionProviders = [
4950 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4951 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4952 'args' => [ [
4953 'priority' => 30,
4954 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4955 ] ],
4956 ],
4957 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4958 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4959 'args' => [ [
4960 'priority' => 75,
4961 ] ],
4962 ],
4963 ];
4964
4965 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4966
4967 /************************************************************************//**
4968 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4969 * @{
4970 */
4971
4972 /**
4973 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4974 */
4975 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4976
4977 /**
4978 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4979 *
4980 * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
4981 * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
4982 * restrictions.
4983 */
4984 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4985
4986 /**
4987 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4988 */
4989 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4990
4991 /**
4992 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4993 *
4994 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4995 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4996 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4997 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4998 *
4999 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5000 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5001 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5002 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5003 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5004 */
5005 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5006 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5007 'IPv6' => 19,
5008 ];
5009
5010 /**
5011 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5012 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5013 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5014 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5015 * anonymous visitors.
5016 */
5017 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5018
5019 /**
5020 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5021 *
5022 * @par Example:
5023 * @code
5024 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5025 * @endcode
5026 *
5027 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5028 *
5029 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5030 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5031 *
5032 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5033 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5034 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5035 *
5036 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5037 * hook instead.
5038 */
5039 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5040
5041 /**
5042 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5043 *
5044 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5045 * is without underscore.
5046 *
5047 * @par Example:
5048 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5049 * @code
5050 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5051 * @endcode
5052 *
5053 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5054 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5055 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5056 *
5057 * @par Example:
5058 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5059 * @code
5060 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5061 * @endcode
5062 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5063 *
5064 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5065 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5066 */
5067 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5068
5069 /**
5070 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5071 * address before being allowed to edit?
5072 */
5073 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5074
5075 /**
5076 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5077 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5078 */
5079 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5080
5081 /**
5082 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5083 *
5084 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5085 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5086 *
5087 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5088 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5089 *
5090 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5091 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5092 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5093 * in in the user_groups table.
5094 *
5095 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5096 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5097 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5098 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5099 *
5100 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5101 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5102 *
5103 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5104 */
5105 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5106
5107 /** @cond file_level_code */
5108 // Implicit group for all visitors
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5120 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5121
5122 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjsredirect'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5146
5147 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5150
5151 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5152 // from various log pages by default
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5161
5162 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5166 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5168 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5170 // can view deleted revision text
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5202 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5203 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5207
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5215
5216 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5219 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5220 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5221 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5222 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5223
5224 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5225 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5226 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5227 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5228 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5229 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5230 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5231 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5232 // For private suppression log access
5233 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5234
5235 /**
5236 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5237 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5238 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5239 * server.
5240 */
5241 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5242
5243 /** @endcond */
5244
5245 /**
5246 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5247 *
5248 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5249 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5250 *
5251 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5252 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5253 */
5254 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5255
5256 /**
5257 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5258 */
5259 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5260
5261 /**
5262 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5263 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5264 *
5265 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5266 * group".
5267 *
5268 * @par Example:
5269 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5270 * @code
5271 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5272 * @endcode
5273 *
5274 * @par Example:
5275 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5276 * @code
5277 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5278 * @endcode
5279 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5280 * any group that they happen to be in.
5281 */
5282 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5283
5284 /**
5285 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5286 */
5287 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5288
5289 /**
5290 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5291 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5292 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5293 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5294 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5295 */
5296 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5297
5298 /**
5299 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5300 *
5301 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5302 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5303 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5304 *
5305 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5306 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5307 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5308 */
5309 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5310
5311 /**
5312 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5313 *
5314 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5315 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5316 *
5317 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5318 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5319 */
5320 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5321
5322 /**
5323 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5324 *
5325 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5326 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5327 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5328 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5329 * "semiprotected".
5330 *
5331 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5332 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5333 */
5334 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5335
5336 /**
5337 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5338 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5339 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5340 *
5341 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5342 */
5343 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5344
5345 /**
5346 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5347 *
5348 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5349 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5350 *
5351 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5352 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5353 */
5354 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5355
5356 /**
5357 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5358 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5359 * privileges of new accounts.
5360 *
5361 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5362 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5363 *
5364 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5365 *
5366 * @par Example:
5367 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5368 * @code
5369 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5370 * @endcode
5371 * Set age to one day:
5372 * @code
5373 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5374 * @endcode
5375 */
5376 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5377
5378 /**
5379 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5380 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5381 *
5382 * @par Example:
5383 * @code
5384 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5385 * @endcode
5386 */
5387 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5388
5389 /**
5390 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5391 *
5392 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5393 *
5394 * $wgAutopromote = [
5395 * 'groupname' => cond,
5396 * 'group2' => cond2,
5397 * ];
5398 *
5399 * A `cond` may be:
5400 * - a single condition without arguments:
5401 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5402 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5403 * [ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ]
5404 * - a single condition with arguments:
5405 * e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]`
5406 * - a set of conditions:
5407 * e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]`
5408 *
5409 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5410 * - `&` (**AND**):
5411 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5412 * - `|` (**OR**):
5413 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5414 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5415 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5416 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5417 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5418 * - [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]:
5419 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5420 * - [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ]:
5421 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5422 * - [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ]:
5423 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5424 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5425 * - [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]:
5426 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5427 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5428 * - [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]:
5429 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5430 * - [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]:
5431 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5432 * - [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]:
5433 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5434 * - [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]:
5435 * true if the user is sitewide blocked
5436 * - [ APCOND_ISBOT ]:
5437 * true if the user is a bot
5438 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5439 *
5440 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5441 * linked by operands.
5442 *
5443 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5444 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5445 */
5446 $wgAutopromote = [
5447 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5448 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5449 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5450 ],
5451 ];
5452
5453 /**
5454 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5455 *
5456 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5457 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5458 *
5459 * The format is:
5460 * @code
5461 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5462 * @endcode
5463 * Where event is either:
5464 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5465 *
5466 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5467 *
5468 * @see $wgAutopromote
5469 * @since 1.18
5470 */
5471 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5472 'onEdit' => [],
5473 ];
5474
5475 /**
5476 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5477 * @since 1.18
5478 */
5479 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5480
5481 /**
5482 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5483 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5484 *
5485 * @par Example:
5486 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5487 * @code
5488 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5489 * @endcode
5490 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5491 * @code
5492 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5493 * @endcode
5494 * Sysops can make bots:
5495 * @code
5496 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5497 * @endcode
5498 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5499 * @code
5500 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5501 * @endcode
5502 */
5503 $wgAddGroups = [];
5504
5505 /**
5506 * @see $wgAddGroups
5507 */
5508 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5509
5510 /**
5511 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5512 * For extensions only.
5513 */
5514 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5515
5516 /**
5517 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5518 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5519 */
5520 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5521
5522 /**
5523 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5524 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5525 */
5526 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5527
5528 /**
5529 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5530 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5531 * This is limited for performance reason.
5532 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5533 * @since 1.23
5534 */
5535 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5536
5537 /**
5538 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5539 *
5540 * @par Example:
5541 * @code
5542 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5543 * // no more than 100 per month
5544 * [
5545 * 'count' => 100,
5546 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5547 * ],
5548 * // no more than 10 per day
5549 * [
5550 * 'count' => 10,
5551 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5552 * ],
5553 * ];
5554 * @endcode
5555 *
5556 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5557 */
5558 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5559 'count' => 0,
5560 'seconds' => 86400,
5561 ] ];
5562
5563 /**
5564 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5565 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5566 *
5567 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5568 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5569 *
5570 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5571 *
5572 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5573 */
5574 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5575
5576 /**
5577 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5578 */
5579 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5580
5581 /**
5582 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5583 * proxies
5584 * @since 1.16
5585 */
5586 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5587
5588 /**
5589 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5590 *
5591 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5592 * the blacklist require a key).
5593 *
5594 * @par Example:
5595 * @code
5596 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5597 * // String containing URL
5598 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5599 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5600 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5601 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5602 * // just use a string as shown above
5603 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5604 * ];
5605 * @endcode
5606 *
5607 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5608 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5609 * @since 1.16
5610 */
5611 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5612
5613 /**
5614 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5615 * what the other methods might say.
5616 */
5617 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5618
5619 /**
5620 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5621 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5622 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5623 * @since 1.29
5624 * @var string[]
5625 */
5626 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5627
5628 /**
5629 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5630 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5631 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5632 */
5633 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5634
5635 /**
5636 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5637 *
5638 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5639 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5640 * elapses.
5641 *
5642 * @par Example:
5643 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5644 * @code
5645 * $wgRateLimits = [
5646 * 'edit' => [
5647 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5648 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5649 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5650 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5651 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5652 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5653 * ]
5654 * ];
5655 * @endcode
5656 *
5657 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5658 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5659 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5660 * @code
5661 * $wgRateLimits = [
5662 * 'some-action' => [
5663 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5664 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5665 * ];
5666 * @endcode
5667 *
5668 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5669 */
5670 $wgRateLimits = [
5671 // Page edits
5672 'edit' => [
5673 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5674 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5675 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5676 ],
5677 // Page moves
5678 'move' => [
5679 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5680 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5681 ],
5682 // File uploads
5683 'upload' => [
5684 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5685 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5686 ],
5687 // Page rollbacks
5688 'rollback' => [
5689 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5690 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5691 ],
5692 // Triggering password resets emails
5693 'mailpassword' => [
5694 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5695 ],
5696 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5697 'emailuser' => [
5698 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5699 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5700 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5701 ],
5702 'changeemail' => [
5703 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
5704 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
5705 ],
5706 // Purging pages
5707 'purge' => [
5708 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5709 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5710 ],
5711 // Purges of link tables
5712 'linkpurge' => [
5713 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5714 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5715 ],
5716 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5717 'renderfile' => [
5718 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5719 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5720 ],
5721 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5722 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5723 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5724 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5725 ],
5726 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5727 'stashedit' => [
5728 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5729 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5730 ],
5731 // Adding or removing change tags
5732 'changetag' => [
5733 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5734 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5735 ],
5736 // Changing the content model of a page
5737 'editcontentmodel' => [
5738 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5739 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5740 ],
5741 ];
5742
5743 /**
5744 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5745 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5746 */
5747 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5748
5749 /**
5750 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5751 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5752 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5753 */
5754 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5755
5756 /**
5757 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5758 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5759 */
5760 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5761
5762 /**
5763 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5764 *
5765 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5766 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5767 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5768 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5769 *
5770 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5771 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5772 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5773 */
5774 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5775 // Short term limit
5776 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5777 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5778 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5779 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5780 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5781 ];
5782
5783 /**
5784 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5785 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5786 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5787 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5788 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5789 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5790 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5791 * @since 1.27
5792 */
5793 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5794
5795 // @TODO: clean up grants
5796 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5797
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5808
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5813
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5818
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5821
5822 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5830
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5835
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5841
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5852
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5859
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5866
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5870
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5872
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5880
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5882
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5885
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5887
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5889
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5891
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5893
5894 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5895
5896 /**
5897 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5898 * @since 1.27
5899 */
5900 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5901 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5902 'basic' => 'hidden',
5903
5904 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5905 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5906 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5907 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5908
5909 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5910 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5911
5912 'sendemail' => 'email',
5913
5914 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5915 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5916
5917 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5918 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5919
5920 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5921 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5922 'rollback' => 'administration',
5923 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5924 'delete' => 'administration',
5925 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5926 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5927 'protect' => 'administration',
5928 'oversight' => 'administration',
5929 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5930
5931 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5932
5933 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5934 ];
5935
5936 /**
5937 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5938 * @since 1.27
5939 */
5940 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5941
5942 /**
5943 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5944 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5945 * @since 1.27
5946 */
5947 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5948
5949 /**
5950 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5951 *
5952 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5953 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5954 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5955 * @since 1.27
5956 */
5957 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5958
5959 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5960
5961 /************************************************************************//**
5962 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5963 * @{
5964 */
5965
5966 /**
5967 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5968 */
5969 $wgSecretKey = false;
5970
5971 /**
5972 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5973 *
5974 * This can have the following formats:
5975 * - An array of addresses
5976 * - A string, in which case this is the path to a file
5977 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5978 */
5979 $wgProxyList = [];
5980
5981 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5982
5983 /************************************************************************//**
5984 * @name Cookie settings
5985 * @{
5986 */
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5990 */
5991 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5995 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5996 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5997 * login cookies session-only.
5998 */
5999 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6000
6001 /**
6002 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6003 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6004 */
6005 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6006
6007 /**
6008 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6009 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6010 */
6011 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6012
6013 /**
6014 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6015 * - true: Set secure flag
6016 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6017 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6018 */
6019 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6020
6021 /**
6022 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6023 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6024 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6025 * check.
6026 */
6027 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6028
6029 /**
6030 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6031 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6032 * name to be used as a prefix.
6033 */
6034 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6035
6036 /**
6037 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6038 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6039 * XSS attack.
6040 */
6041 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6042
6043 /**
6044 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6045 */
6046 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6047
6048 /**
6049 * Override to customise the session name
6050 */
6051 $wgSessionName = false;
6052
6053 /**
6054 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6055 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6056 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6057 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6058 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6059 */
6060 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6061
6062 /**
6063 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6064 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6065 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6066 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6067 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6068 */
6069 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6070
6071 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6072
6073 /************************************************************************//**
6074 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6075 * @{
6076 */
6077
6078 /**
6079 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6080 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6081 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6082 * Please see math/README for more information.
6083 */
6084 $wgUseTeX = false;
6085
6086 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6087
6088 /************************************************************************//**
6089 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6090 *
6091 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6092 *
6093 * @{
6094 */
6095
6096 /**
6097 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6098 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6099 * may contain private data.
6100 */
6101 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6102
6103 /**
6104 * Prefix for debug log lines
6105 */
6106 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6107
6108 /**
6109 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6110 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6111 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6112 */
6113 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6114
6115 /**
6116 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6117 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6118 * and gen=js requests.
6119 */
6120 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6121
6122 /**
6123 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6124 *
6125 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6126 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6127 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6128 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6129 */
6130 $wgDebugComments = false;
6131
6132 /**
6133 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6134 *
6135 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6136 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6137 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6138 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6139 */
6140 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6141
6142 /**
6143 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6144 *
6145 * @since 1.26
6146 */
6147 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6148 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6149 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6150 'GET' => [
6151 'masterConns' => 0,
6152 'writes' => 0,
6153 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6154 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6155 ],
6156 // HTTP POST requests.
6157 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6158 'POST' => [
6159 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6160 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6161 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6162 'maxAffected' => 1000
6163 ],
6164 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6165 'writes' => 0,
6166 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6167 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6168 ],
6169 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6170 'PostSend-GET' => [
6171 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6172 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6173 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6174 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6175 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6176 'masterConns' => 0,
6177 'writes' => 0,
6178 ],
6179 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6180 'PostSend-POST' => [
6181 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6182 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6183 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6184 'maxAffected' => 1000
6185 ],
6186 // Background job runner
6187 'JobRunner' => [
6188 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6189 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6190 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6191 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6192 ],
6193 // Command-line scripts
6194 'Maintenance' => [
6195 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6196 'maxAffected' => 1000
6197 ]
6198 ];
6199
6200 /**
6201 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6202 *
6203 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6204 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6205 * in production.
6206 *
6207 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6208 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6209 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6210 * - associative array with keys:
6211 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6212 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6213 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6214 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6215 *
6216 * @par Example:
6217 * @code
6218 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6219 * @endcode
6220 *
6221 * @par Advanced example:
6222 * @code
6223 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6224 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6225 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6226 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6227 * ];
6228 * @endcode
6229 */
6230 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6231
6232 /**
6233 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6234 *
6235 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6236 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6237 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6238 * details.
6239 *
6240 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6241 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6242 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6243 *
6244 * @par To completely disable logging:
6245 * @code
6246 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6247 * @endcode
6248 *
6249 * @since 1.25
6250 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6251 * @see MwLogger
6252 */
6253 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6254 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6255 ];
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6259 *
6260 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6261 */
6262 $wgShowDebug = false;
6263
6264 /**
6265 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6266 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6267 */
6268 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6269
6270 /**
6271 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6272 */
6273 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6274
6275 /**
6276 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6277 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6278 * to an attacker.
6279 *
6280 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6281 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6282 */
6283 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6284
6285 /**
6286 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6287 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6288 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6289 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6290 */
6291 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6292
6293 /**
6294 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6295 *
6296 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6297 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6298 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6299 * exception handler.
6300 *
6301 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6302 */
6303 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6304
6305 /**
6306 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6307 */
6308 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6309
6310 /**
6311 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6312 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6313 */
6314 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6318 */
6319 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6320
6321 /**
6322 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6323 * Should be a string, default false.
6324 * @since 1.20
6325 */
6326 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6327
6328 /**
6329 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6330 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6331 */
6332 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6333
6334 /**
6335 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6336 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6337 * after the limit.
6338 */
6339 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6340
6341 /**
6342 * Profiler configuration.
6343 *
6344 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6345 *
6346 * Example:
6347 *
6348 * @code
6349 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6350 * @endcode
6351 *
6352 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6353 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6354 *
6355 * @code
6356 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6357 * @endcode
6358 *
6359 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6360 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6361 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6362 *
6363 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6364 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6365 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6366 *
6367 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6368 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6369 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6370 *
6371 * @code
6372 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6373 * @endcode
6374 *
6375 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6376 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6377 *
6378 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6379 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6380 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6381 *
6382 * @code
6383 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6384 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ 'ProfilerOutputDb' ];
6385 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6386 * @endcode
6387 *
6388 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6389 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6390 *
6391 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6392 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6393 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6394 *
6395 * @since 1.17.0
6396 */
6397 $wgProfiler = [];
6398
6399 /**
6400 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6401 *
6402 * @since 1.5.0
6403 */
6404 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6405
6406 /**
6407 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6408 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6409 */
6410 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6411
6412 /**
6413 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6414 *
6415 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6416 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6417 */
6418 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6419
6420 /**
6421 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6422 *
6423 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6424 *
6425 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6426 *
6427 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6428 * @since 1.25
6429 */
6430 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6431
6432 /**
6433 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6434 *
6435 * @see MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
6436 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6437 * @since 1.25
6438 */
6439 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6440
6441 /**
6442 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6443 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6444 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6445 * @since 1.28
6446 */
6447 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6448 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6449 ];
6450
6451 /**
6452 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6453 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6454 * templates.
6455 */
6456 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6457
6458 /**
6459 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6460 * filename is passed to it.
6461 *
6462 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6463 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6464 *
6465 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6466 *
6467 * Use full paths.
6468 *
6469 * @deprecated since 1.30
6470 */
6471 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6475 */
6476 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6477
6478 /**
6479 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6480 * @since 1.19
6481 */
6482 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6483
6484 /**
6485 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6486 * queries and other useful output.
6487 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled.
6488 *
6489 * @since 1.19
6490 */
6491 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6492
6493 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6494
6495 /************************************************************************//**
6496 * @name Search
6497 * @{
6498 */
6499
6500 /**
6501 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6502 */
6503 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6504
6505 /**
6506 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6507 * by default off due to execution overhead
6508 */
6509 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6510
6511 /**
6512 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6513 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6514 */
6515 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6519 *
6520 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6521 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6522 *
6523 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6524 *
6525 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6526 */
6527 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6528
6529 /**
6530 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6531 *
6532 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6533 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6534 *
6535 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6536 */
6537 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6538 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6539 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6540 ];
6541
6542 /**
6543 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6544 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6545 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6546 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6547 */
6548 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6549
6550 /**
6551 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6552 * OpenSearch call.
6553 */
6554 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6555
6556 /**
6557 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6558 */
6559 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6560
6561 /**
6562 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6563 */
6564 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6565
6566 /**
6567 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6568 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6569 */
6570 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6571
6572 /**
6573 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6574 *
6575 * @par Example:
6576 * @code
6577 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6578 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6579 * @endcode
6580 */
6581 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6582 NS_MAIN => true,
6583 ];
6584
6585 /**
6586 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6587 * implemented by an extension instead.
6588 */
6589 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6590
6591 /**
6592 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6593 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6594 * search term.
6595 *
6596 * @par Example:
6597 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6598 * @code
6599 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6600 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6601 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6602 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6603 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6604 * @endcode
6605 */
6606 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6607
6608 /**
6609 * Search form behavior.
6610 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6611 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6612 */
6613 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6614
6615 /**
6616 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6617 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6618 * generated for all namespaces.
6619 */
6620 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6621
6622 /**
6623 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6624 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6625 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6626 *
6627 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6628 * @par Example:
6629 * @code
6630 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6631 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6632 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6633 * ];
6634 * @endcode
6635 */
6636 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6637
6638 /**
6639 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6640 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6641 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6642 */
6643 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6644
6645 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6646
6647 /************************************************************************//**
6648 * @name Edit user interface
6649 * @{
6650 */
6651
6652 /**
6653 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6654 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6655 */
6656 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6657
6658 /**
6659 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6660 */
6661 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6662
6663 /**
6664 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6665 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6666 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6667 */
6668 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6669 NS_CATEGORY => true
6670 ];
6671
6672 /**
6673 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6674 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6675 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6676 */
6677 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6678
6679 /**
6680 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6681 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6682 * ting this variable false.
6683 */
6684 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6685
6686 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6687
6688 /************************************************************************//**
6689 * @name Maintenance
6690 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6691 * @{
6692 */
6693
6694 /**
6695 * @cond file_level_code
6696 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6697 */
6698 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6699 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6700 }
6701 /** @endcond */
6702
6703 /**
6704 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6705 */
6706 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6707
6708 /**
6709 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6710 * used as an explanation to users.
6711 *
6712 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6713 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6714 * option in MySQL.
6715 */
6716 $wgReadOnly = null;
6717
6718 /**
6719 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6720 * @var bool
6721 * @since 1.31
6722 */
6723 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6724
6725 /**
6726 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6727 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6728 * message.
6729 *
6730 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6731 */
6732 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6733
6734 /**
6735 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6736 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6737 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6738 *
6739 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6740 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6741 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6742 */
6743 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6744
6745 /**
6746 * Fully specified path to git binary
6747 */
6748 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6749
6750 /**
6751 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6752 *
6753 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6754 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6755 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6756 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6757 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6758 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6759 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6760 *
6761 * @since 1.20
6762 */
6763 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6764 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6765 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6766 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6767 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6768 ];
6769
6770 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6771
6772 /************************************************************************//**
6773 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6774 * @{
6775 */
6776
6777 /**
6778 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6779 * seconds will go.
6780 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6781 */
6782 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6783
6784 /**
6785 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6786 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6787 * @since 1.26
6788 */
6789 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6790
6791 /**
6792 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6793 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6794 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6795 * @since 1.26
6796 */
6797 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6798
6799 /**
6800 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6801 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6802 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6803 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6804 * is still there.
6805 */
6806 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6807
6808 /**
6809 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6810 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6811 */
6812 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6813
6814 /**
6815 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6816 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6817 */
6818 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6819
6820 /**
6821 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6822 *
6823 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6824 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6825 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6826 *
6827 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6828 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6829 * passed to the constructor.
6830 *
6831 * Common options:
6832 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6833 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6834 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6835 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6836 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6837 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6838 *
6839 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6840 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6841 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6842 * to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
6843 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6844 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6845 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6846 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6847 *
6848 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6849 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6850 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6851 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6852 *
6853 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6854 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6855 *
6856 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6857 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6858 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6859 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6860 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6861 * ];
6862 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6863 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6864 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6865 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6866 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6867 * ];
6868 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6869 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6870 * ];
6871 * @since 1.22
6872 */
6873 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6877 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6878 * @since 1.22
6879 */
6880 $wgRCEngines = [
6881 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6882 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6883 ];
6884
6885 /**
6886 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6887 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6888 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6889 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6890 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6891 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6892 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6893 *
6894 * @since 1.27
6895 */
6896 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6897
6898 /**
6899 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6900 * New pages and new files are included.
6901 *
6902 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6903 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6904 * Special:Log.
6905 */
6906 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6907
6908 /**
6909 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6910 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6911 * 0 to disable completely.
6912 */
6913 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6914
6915 /**
6916 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6917 *
6918 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6919 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6920 * Special:Log.
6921 */
6922 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6923
6924 /**
6925 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6926 *
6927 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6928 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6929 * Special:Log.
6930 *
6931 * @since 1.27
6932 */
6933 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6934
6935 /**
6936 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6937 */
6938 $wgFeed = true;
6939
6940 /**
6941 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6942 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6943 */
6944 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6945
6946 /**
6947 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6948 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6949 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6950 *
6951 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6952 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6953 */
6954 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6955
6956 /**
6957 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6958 * pages larger than this size.
6959 */
6960 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6961
6962 /**
6963 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6964 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6965 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6966 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6967 * as value.
6968 * @par Example:
6969 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6970 * @code
6971 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6972 * @endcode
6973 */
6974 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6975
6976 /**
6977 * Available feeds objects.
6978 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6979 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6980 */
6981 $wgFeedClasses = [
6982 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6983 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6984 ];
6985
6986 /**
6987 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6988 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6989 */
6990 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6991
6992 /**
6993 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6994 */
6995 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6996
6997 /**
6998 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6999 */
7000 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7001
7002 /**
7003 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7004 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7005 * highlighted on the RC page.
7006 */
7007 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7008
7009 /**
7010 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7011 * view for watched pages with new changes
7012 */
7013 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7014
7015 /**
7016 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7017 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7018 */
7019 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7020
7021 /**
7022 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7023 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7024 */
7025 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7026
7027 /**
7028 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7029 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7030 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7031 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7032 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7033 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7034 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7035 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7036 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7037 *
7038 * @var array
7039 * @since 1.31
7040 */
7041 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7042 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7043 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7044 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7045 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7046 'mw-blank' => true,
7047 'mw-replace' => true,
7048 'mw-rollback' => true,
7049 'mw-undo' => true,
7050 ];
7051
7052 /**
7053 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7054 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7055 * watchers.
7056 *
7057 * @since 1.21
7058 */
7059 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7060
7061 /**
7062 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7063 * certain types of edits.
7064 *
7065 * To register a new one:
7066 * @code
7067 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7068 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7069 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7070 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7071 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7072 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7073 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7074 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7075 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7076 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7077 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7078 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7079 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7080 * ];
7081 * @endcode
7082 *
7083 * @since 1.22
7084 */
7085 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7086 'newpage' => [
7087 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7088 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7089 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7090 'grouping' => 'any',
7091 ],
7092 'minor' => [
7093 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7094 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7095 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7096 'class' => 'minoredit',
7097 'grouping' => 'all',
7098 ],
7099 'bot' => [
7100 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7101 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7102 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7103 'class' => 'botedit',
7104 'grouping' => 'all',
7105 ],
7106 'unpatrolled' => [
7107 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7108 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7109 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7110 'grouping' => 'any',
7111 ],
7112 ];
7113
7114 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7115
7116 /************************************************************************//**
7117 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7118 * @{
7119 */
7120
7121 /**
7122 * Override for copyright metadata.
7123 *
7124 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7125 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7126 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7127 */
7128 $wgRightsPage = null;
7129
7130 /**
7131 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7132 * wiki.
7133 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7134 */
7135 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7136
7137 /**
7138 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7139 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7140 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7141 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7142 */
7143 $wgRightsText = null;
7144
7145 /**
7146 * Override for copyright metadata.
7147 */
7148 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7149
7150 /**
7151 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7152 */
7153 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7154
7155 /**
7156 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7157 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7158 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7159 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7160 * large wikis.
7161 */
7162 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7163
7164 /**
7165 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7166 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7167 */
7168 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7169
7170 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7171
7172 /************************************************************************//**
7173 * @name Import / Export
7174 * @{
7175 */
7176
7177 /**
7178 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7179 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7180 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7181 *
7182 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7183 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7184 * e.g.
7185 * @code
7186 * $wgImportSources = [
7187 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7188 * 'wikispecies',
7189 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7190 * ];
7191 * @endcode
7192 *
7193 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7194 * the ImportSources hook.
7195 *
7196 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7197 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7198 */
7199 $wgImportSources = [];
7200
7201 /**
7202 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7203 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7204 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7205 *
7206 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7207 */
7208 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7209
7210 /**
7211 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7212 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7213 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7214 */
7215 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7216
7217 /**
7218 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7219 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7220 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7221 */
7222 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7223
7224 /**
7225 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7226 */
7227 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7228
7229 /**
7230 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7231 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7232 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7233 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7234 * it's disabled by default for now.
7235 *
7236 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7237 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7238 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7239 */
7240 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7241
7242 /**
7243 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7244 */
7245 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7246
7247 /**
7248 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7249 */
7250 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7251
7252 /**
7253 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7254 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7255 *
7256 * @since 1.27
7257 */
7258 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7259
7260 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7261
7262 /*************************************************************************//**
7263 * @name Extensions
7264 * @{
7265 */
7266
7267 /**
7268 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7269 * initialised
7270 */
7271 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7272
7273 /**
7274 * Extension messages files.
7275 *
7276 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7277 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7278 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7279 * is the most common.
7280 *
7281 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7282 * in the core.
7283 *
7284 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7285 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7286 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7287 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7288 *
7289 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7290 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7291 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7292 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7293 *
7294 * @par Example:
7295 * @code
7296 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7297 * @endcode
7298 */
7299 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7300
7301 /**
7302 * Extension messages directories.
7303 *
7304 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7305 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7306 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7307 * message directories.
7308 *
7309 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7310 *
7311 * @par Simple example:
7312 * @code
7313 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7314 * @endcode
7315 *
7316 * @par Complex example:
7317 * @code
7318 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7319 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7320 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7321 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7322 * ]
7323 * @endcode
7324 * @since 1.23
7325 */
7326 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7327
7328 /**
7329 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7330 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7331 * @since 1.22
7332 */
7333 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7334
7335 /**
7336 * Parser output hooks.
7337 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7338 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7339 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7340 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7341 *
7342 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7343 *
7344 * The callback has the form:
7345 * @code
7346 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7347 * @endcode
7348 */
7349 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7350
7351 /**
7352 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7353 */
7354 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7355
7356 /**
7357 * List of valid skin names
7358 *
7359 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7360 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7361 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7362 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7363 */
7364 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7365
7366 /**
7367 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7368 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7369 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7370 * SpecialPage.
7371 */
7372 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7373
7374 /**
7375 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7376 */
7377 $wgAutoloadClasses = $wgAutoloadClasses ?? [];
7378
7379 /**
7380 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7381 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7382 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7383 */
7384 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7385
7386 /**
7387 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7388 *
7389 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7390 *
7391 * @code
7392 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7393 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7394 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7395 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7396 * 'author' => [
7397 * 'Foo Barstein',
7398 * ],
7399 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7400 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7401 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7402 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7403 * ];
7404 * @endcode
7405 *
7406 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7407 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7408 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7409 * interpreted as wikitext.
7410 *
7411 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7412 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7413 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7414 *
7415 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7416 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7417 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7418 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7419 *
7420 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7421 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7422 * usually are.)
7423 *
7424 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7425 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7426 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7427 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7428 *
7429 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7430 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7431 *
7432 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7433 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7434 *
7435 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7436 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7437 */
7438 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7439
7440 /**
7441 * Global list of hooks.
7442 *
7443 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7444 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7445 * internally by Hook:run().
7446 *
7447 * The value can be one of:
7448 *
7449 * - A function name:
7450 * @code
7451 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7452 * @endcode
7453 * - A function with some data:
7454 * @code
7455 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7456 * @endcode
7457 * - A an object method:
7458 * @code
7459 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7460 * @endcode
7461 * - A closure:
7462 * @code
7463 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7464 * // Handler code goes here.
7465 * };
7466 * @endcode
7467 *
7468 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7469 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7470 *
7471 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7472 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7473 */
7474 $wgHooks = [];
7475
7476 /**
7477 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7478 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7479 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7480 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7481 * hook for that.
7482 *
7483 * @see MediaWikiServices
7484 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7485 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7486 */
7487 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7488 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7489 ];
7490
7491 /**
7492 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7493 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7494 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7495 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7496 * The callback takes (Title, array map of parameters) as arguments.
7497 */
7498 $wgJobClasses = [
7499 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7500 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7501 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7502 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7503 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7504 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7505 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7506 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7507 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7508 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7509 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7510 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7511 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7512 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7513 'categoryMembershipChange' => function ( Title $title, $params = [] ) {
7514 $pc = MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getParserCache();
7515 return new CategoryMembershipChangeJob( $pc, $title, $params );
7516 },
7517 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7518 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7519 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7520 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7521 'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class,
7522 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7523 'null' => NullJob::class,
7524 ];
7525
7526 /**
7527 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7528 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7529 *
7530 * These can be:
7531 * - Very long-running jobs.
7532 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7533 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7534 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7535 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7536 */
7537 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7538
7539 /**
7540 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7541 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7542 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7543 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7544 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7545 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7546 * @var float[]
7547 */
7548 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7549
7550 /**
7551 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7552 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7553 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7554 *
7555 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7556 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7557 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7558 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7559 *
7560 * @var float|bool
7561 * @since 1.26
7562 */
7563 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7564
7565 /**
7566 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7567 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7568 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7569 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7570 */
7571 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7572 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7573 ];
7574
7575 /**
7576 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7577 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7578 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7579 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7580 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7581 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7582 * that limit is hit.
7583 *
7584 * @since 1.29
7585 */
7586 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7587
7588 /**
7589 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7590 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7591 */
7592 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7593 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7594 ];
7595
7596 /**
7597 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7598 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7599 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7600 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7601 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7602 */
7603 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7604 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7605 ];
7606
7607 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7608
7609 /*************************************************************************//**
7610 * @name Categories
7611 * @{
7612 */
7613
7614 /**
7615 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7616 */
7617 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7618
7619 /**
7620 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7621 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7622 */
7623 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7624
7625 /**
7626 * Paging limit for categories
7627 */
7628 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7629
7630 /**
7631 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7632 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7633 *
7634 * Available values are:
7635 *
7636 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7637 *
7638 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7639 *
7640 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7641 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7642 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7643 *
7644 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7645 * installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7646 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7647 * server.
7648 *
7649 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7650 * the sort keys in the database.
7651 *
7652 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7653 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7654 */
7655 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7656
7657 /** @} */ # End categories }
7658
7659 /*************************************************************************//**
7660 * @name Logging
7661 * @{
7662 */
7663
7664 /**
7665 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7666 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7667 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7668 * log type.
7669 *
7670 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7671 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7672 */
7673 $wgLogTypes = [
7674 '',
7675 'block',
7676 'protect',
7677 'rights',
7678 'delete',
7679 'upload',
7680 'move',
7681 'import',
7682 'patrol',
7683 'merge',
7684 'suppress',
7685 'tag',
7686 'managetags',
7687 'contentmodel',
7688 ];
7689
7690 /**
7691 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7692 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7693 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7694 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7695 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7696 */
7697 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7698 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7699 ];
7700
7701 /**
7702 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7703 *
7704 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7705 *
7706 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7707 *
7708 * @par Example:
7709 * @code
7710 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7711 * @endcode
7712 *
7713 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7714 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7715 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7716 *
7717 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7718 * used for the link text.
7719 */
7720 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7721 'patrol' => true,
7722 'tag' => true,
7723 ];
7724
7725 /**
7726 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7727 * will be listed in the user interface.
7728 *
7729 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7730 *
7731 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7732 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7733 */
7734 $wgLogNames = [
7735 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7736 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7737 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7738 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7739 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7740 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7741 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7742 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7743 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7744 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7745 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7746 ];
7747
7748 /**
7749 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7750 * top of each log type.
7751 *
7752 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7753 *
7754 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7755 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7756 */
7757 $wgLogHeaders = [
7758 '' => 'alllogstext',
7759 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7760 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7761 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7762 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7763 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7764 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7765 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7766 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7767 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7768 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7769 ];
7770
7771 /**
7772 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7773 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7774 *
7775 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7776 */
7777 $wgLogActions = [];
7778
7779 /**
7780 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7781 * not messages.
7782 * @see LogPage::actionText
7783 * @see LogFormatter
7784 */
7785 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7786 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7787 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7788 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7789 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7790 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7791 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7792 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7793 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7794 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7795 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7796 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7797 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7798 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7799 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7800 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7801 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7802 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7803 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7804 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7805 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7806 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7807 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7808 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7809 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7810 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7811 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7812 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7813 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7814 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7815 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7816 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7817 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7818 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7819 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7820 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7821 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7822 ];
7823
7824 /**
7825 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7826 *
7827 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7828 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7829 * Extensions may append to this array
7830 * @since 1.27
7831 */
7832 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7833 'block' => [
7834 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7835 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7836 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7837 ],
7838 'contentmodel' => [
7839 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7840 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7841 ],
7842 'delete' => [
7843 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7844 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7845 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7846 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7847 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7848 ],
7849 'import' => [
7850 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7851 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7852 ],
7853 'managetags' => [
7854 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7855 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7856 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7857 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7858 ],
7859 'move' => [
7860 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7861 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7862 ],
7863 'newusers' => [
7864 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7865 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7866 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7867 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7868 ],
7869 'protect' => [
7870 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7871 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7872 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7873 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7874 ],
7875 'rights' => [
7876 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7877 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7878 ],
7879 'suppress' => [
7880 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7881 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7882 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7883 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7884 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7885 ],
7886 'upload' => [
7887 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7888 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7889 'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
7890 ],
7891 ];
7892
7893 /**
7894 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7895 */
7896 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7897
7898 /**
7899 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7900 * @since 1.32
7901 */
7902 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7903
7904 /** @} */ # end logging }
7905
7906 /*************************************************************************//**
7907 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7908 * @{
7909 */
7910
7911 /**
7912 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7913 */
7914 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7915
7916 /**
7917 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7918 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7919 */
7920 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7921
7922 /**
7923 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7924 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7925 */
7926 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7927
7928 /**
7929 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7930 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7931 */
7932 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7933
7934 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7935
7936 /*************************************************************************//**
7937 * @name Actions
7938 * @{
7939 */
7940
7941 /**
7942 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7943 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7944 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7945 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7946 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7947 * instead of the default class.
7948 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7949 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7950 */
7951 $wgActions = [
7952 'credits' => true,
7953 'delete' => true,
7954 'edit' => true,
7955 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7956 'history' => true,
7957 'info' => true,
7958 'markpatrolled' => true,
7959 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
7960 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
7961 'protect' => true,
7962 'purge' => true,
7963 'raw' => true,
7964 'render' => true,
7965 'revert' => true,
7966 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7967 'rollback' => true,
7968 'submit' => true,
7969 'unprotect' => true,
7970 'unwatch' => true,
7971 'view' => true,
7972 'watch' => true,
7973 ];
7974
7975 /** @} */ # end actions }
7976
7977 /*************************************************************************//**
7978 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7979 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7980 * @{
7981 */
7982
7983 /**
7984 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7985 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7986 * basis.
7987 */
7988 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7989
7990 /**
7991 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7992 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7993 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7994 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7995 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7996 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7997 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7998 *
7999 * @par Example:
8000 * @code
8001 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8002 * @endcode
8003 */
8004 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8005
8006 /**
8007 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8008 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8009 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8010 *
8011 * @par Example:
8012 * @code
8013 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8014 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8015 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8016 * ];
8017 * @endcode
8018 *
8019 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8020 * forms:
8021 * @code
8022 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8023 * # Underscore, not space!
8024 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8025 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8026 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8027 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8028 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8029 * ];
8030 * @endcode
8031 */
8032 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8033
8034 /**
8035 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8036 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8037 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8038 *
8039 * @par Example:
8040 * @code
8041 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8042 * @endcode
8043 */
8044 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8045
8046 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8047
8048 /************************************************************************//**
8049 * @name AJAX, Action API and REST API
8050 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8051 * replaced by the Action API entry point, api.php. They are essentially
8052 * equivalent. Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8053 * @{
8054 */
8055
8056 /**
8057 *
8058 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8059 *
8060 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8061 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8062 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8063 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8064 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8065 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8066 * requiring POST.
8067 *
8068 * @since 1.21
8069 */
8070 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8071
8072 /**
8073 * API module extensions.
8074 *
8075 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8076 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8077 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8078 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8079 *
8080 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8081 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8082 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8083 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8084 * field.
8085 *
8086 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8087 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8088 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8089 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8090 *
8091 * Examples for registering API modules:
8092 *
8093 * @code
8094 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8095 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8096 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8097 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8098 * ];
8099 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8100 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8101 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8102 * ];
8103 * @endcode
8104 *
8105 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8106 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8107 */
8108 $wgAPIModules = [];
8109
8110 /**
8111 * API format module extensions.
8112 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8113 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8114 *
8115 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8116 */
8117 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8118
8119 /**
8120 * API Query meta module extensions.
8121 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8122 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8123 *
8124 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8125 */
8126 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8127
8128 /**
8129 * API Query prop module extensions.
8130 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8131 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8132 *
8133 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8134 */
8135 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8136
8137 /**
8138 * API Query list module extensions.
8139 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8140 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8141 *
8142 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8143 */
8144 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8145
8146 /**
8147 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8148 * The default value is generally fine
8149 */
8150 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8151
8152 /**
8153 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8154 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8155 */
8156 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8157
8158 /**
8159 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8160 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8161 */
8162 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8163
8164 /**
8165 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8166 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8167 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8168 */
8169 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8170
8171 /**
8172 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8173 * API request logging
8174 */
8175 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8176
8177 /**
8178 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8179 */
8180 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8181
8182 /**
8183 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8184 * API queries.
8185 */
8186 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8187 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8188 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8189 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8190 ];
8191
8192 /**
8193 * Enable AJAX framework
8194 *
8195 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8196 */
8197 $wgUseAjax = true;
8198
8199 /**
8200 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8201 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8202 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8203 */
8204 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8205
8206 /**
8207 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8208 */
8209 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8210
8211 /**
8212 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8213 */
8214 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8215
8216 /**
8217 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8218 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8219 */
8220 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8221
8222 /**
8223 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8224 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8225 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8226 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8227 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8228 *
8229 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8230 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8231 *
8232 * @par Example:
8233 * @code
8234 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8235 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8236 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8237 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8238 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8239 * ];
8240 * @endcode
8241 */
8242 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8243
8244 /**
8245 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8246 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8247 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8248 */
8249 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8250
8251 /**
8252 * Enable the experimental REST API.
8253 *
8254 * This will be removed once the REST API is stable and used by clients.
8255 */
8256 $wgEnableRestAPI = false;
8257
8258 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8259
8260 /************************************************************************//**
8261 * @name Shell and process control
8262 * @{
8263 */
8264
8265 /**
8266 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8267 */
8268 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8269
8270 /**
8271 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8272 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8273 */
8274 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8275
8276 /**
8277 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8278 */
8279 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8280
8281 /**
8282 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8283 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8284 */
8285 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8286
8287 /**
8288 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8289 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8290 *
8291 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8292 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8293 * them segfault or deadlock.
8294 *
8295 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8296 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8297 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8298 *
8299 * @par Example:
8300 * @code
8301 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8302 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8303 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8304 * @endcode
8305 *
8306 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8307 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8308 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8309 */
8310 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8311
8312 /**
8313 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8314 */
8315 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8316
8317 /**
8318 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8319 *
8320 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8321 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8322 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8323 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8324 *
8325 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8326 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8327 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8328 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8329 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8330 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8331 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8332 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8333 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8334 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8335 * decimal separator)
8336 *
8337 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8338 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8339 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8340 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8341 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8342 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8343 * displayed to the user.
8344 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8345 * date/time values.
8346 *
8347 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8348 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8349 * wikis.
8350 */
8351 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8352
8353 /**
8354 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8355 *
8356 * Supported options:
8357 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8358 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8359 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8360 *
8361 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8362 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8363 *
8364 * @since 1.31
8365 * @var string|bool
8366 */
8367 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8368
8369 /** @} */ # End shell }
8370
8371 /************************************************************************//**
8372 * @name HTTP client
8373 * @{
8374 */
8375
8376 /**
8377 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8378 * @var int
8379 */
8380 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8381
8382 /**
8383 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8384 * @since 1.29
8385 */
8386 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8387
8388 /**
8389 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8390 */
8391 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8392
8393 /**
8394 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8395 */
8396 $wgHTTPProxy = '';
8397
8398 /**
8399 * Local virtual hosts.
8400 *
8401 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8402 *
8403 * This affects the following:
8404 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8405 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8406 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8407 * the proxy if it is configured.
8408 *
8409 * @since 1.25
8410 */
8411 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8412
8413 /**
8414 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8415 * Only works for curl
8416 */
8417 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8418
8419 /**
8420 * Whether to respect/honour the request ID provided by the incoming request
8421 * via the `X-Request-Id` header. Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front
8422 * of Mediawiki sanitises external requests. Default: `false`.
8423 */
8424 $wgAllowExternalReqID = false;
8425
8426 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8427
8428 /************************************************************************//**
8429 * @name Job queue
8430 * @{
8431 */
8432
8433 /**
8434 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8435 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8436 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8437 * be run periodically.
8438 */
8439 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8440
8441 /**
8442 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8443 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8444 * execution finishes.
8445 *
8446 * @since 1.23
8447 */
8448 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8449
8450 /**
8451 * Number of rows to update per job
8452 */
8453 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8454
8455 /**
8456 * Number of rows to update per query
8457 */
8458 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8459
8460 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8461
8462 /************************************************************************//**
8463 * @name Miscellaneous
8464 * @{
8465 */
8466
8467 /**
8468 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8469 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8470 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8471 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8472 */
8473 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8474
8475 /**
8476 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8477 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8478 * Supported values:
8479 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8480 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8481 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8482 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8483 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8484 *
8485 * @since 1.30
8486 * @deprecated since 1.34
8487 */
8488 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8489
8490 /**
8491 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8492 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8493 *
8494 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8495 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8496 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8497 */
8498 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8499
8500 /**
8501 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8502 * For debugging
8503 */
8504 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8505
8506 /**
8507 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8508 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8509 */
8510 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8511
8512 /**
8513 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8514 */
8515 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8516
8517 /**
8518 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8519 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8520 */
8521 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8522
8523 /**
8524 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8525 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8526 */
8527 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8528
8529 /**
8530 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8531 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8532 *
8533 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8534 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8535 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8536 * parameters.
8537 *
8538 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8539 * @code
8540 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8541 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8542 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8543 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8544 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8545 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8546 * 'redisConfig' => []
8547 * ] ];
8548 * @endcode
8549 *
8550 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8551 * @code
8552 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8553 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8554 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8555 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8556 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8557 * ... any extension-specific options...
8558 * ] ];
8559 * @endcode
8560 */
8561 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8562
8563 /**
8564 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8565 */
8566 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8567
8568 /**
8569 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8570 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8571 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8572 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8573 *
8574 * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
8575 * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
8576 *
8577 * @since 1.21
8578 */
8579 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8580
8581 /**
8582 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8583 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8584 *
8585 * * 'ignore': return null
8586 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8587 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8588 *
8589 * @since 1.21
8590 */
8591 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8592
8593 /**
8594 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8595 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8596 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8597 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8598 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8599 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8600 *
8601 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8602 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8603 *
8604 * @since 1.21
8605 */
8606 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8607
8608 /**
8609 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8610 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8611 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8612 *
8613 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8614 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8615 *
8616 * @since 1.21
8617 */
8618 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8619 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8620 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8621 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8622 ];
8623
8624 /**
8625 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8626 *
8627 * @since 1.20
8628 */
8629 $wgSiteTypes = [
8630 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8631 ];
8632
8633 /**
8634 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8635 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8636 * @since 1.23
8637 */
8638 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8639
8640 /**
8641 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8642 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8643 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8644 *
8645 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8646 *
8647 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8648 *
8649 * @since 1.24
8650 */
8651 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8652
8653 /**
8654 * Secret for session storage.
8655 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8656 * be used.
8657 * @since 1.27
8658 */
8659 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8660
8661 /**
8662 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8663 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8664 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8665 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8666 * @since 1.27
8667 */
8668 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8669
8670 /**
8671 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8672 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8673 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8674 * be used.
8675 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8676 * @since 1.24
8677 */
8678 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8679
8680 /**
8681 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8682 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8683 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8684 * @since 1.24
8685 */
8686 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8687
8688 /**
8689 * Enable page language feature
8690 * Allows setting page language in database
8691 * @var bool
8692 * @since 1.24
8693 */
8694 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8695
8696 /**
8697 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8698 *
8699 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8700 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8701 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8702 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8703 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8704 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8705 *
8706 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8707 *
8708 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8709 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8710 * 'options' => [
8711 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8712 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8713 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8714 * ]
8715 * ];
8716 *
8717 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8718 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8719 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8720 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8721 *
8722 * Example config for Parsoid:
8723 *
8724 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8725 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8726 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8727 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8728 * ];
8729 *
8730 * @var array
8731 * @since 1.25
8732 */
8733 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8734 'paths' => [],
8735 'modules' => [],
8736 'global' => [
8737 # Timeout in seconds
8738 'timeout' => 360,
8739 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8740 'forwardCookies' => false,
8741 'HTTPProxy' => null
8742 ]
8743 ];
8744
8745 /**
8746 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8747 * these suggestions.
8748 *
8749 * @var bool
8750 * @since 1.26
8751 */
8752 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8753
8754 /**
8755 * Where popular password file is located.
8756 *
8757 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8758 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8759 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8760 *
8761 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8762 * @since 1.27
8763 * @deprecated since 1.33
8764 * @var string path to file
8765 */
8766 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8767
8768 /*
8769 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8770 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8771 *
8772 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8773 * @since 1.27
8774 */
8775 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8776
8777 /*
8778 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8779 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8780 *
8781 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8782 * @since 1.30
8783 */
8784 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8785
8786 /**
8787 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8788 *
8789 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8790 * @since 1.32
8791 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8792 * If an array, can have parameters:
8793 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8794 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8795 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8796 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8797 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8798 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8799 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8800 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8801 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8802 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8803 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8804 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8805 */
8806 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8807
8808 /**
8809 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8810 *
8811 * @since 1.32
8812 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8813 */
8814 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8815
8816 /**
8817 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8818 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8819 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8820 *
8821 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8822 *
8823 * @since 1.32
8824 * @var string[]
8825 */
8826 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8827 'copyright',
8828 'history_copyright',
8829 'googlesearch',
8830 'feedback-terms',
8831 'feedback-termsofuse',
8832 ];
8833
8834 /**
8835 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8836 *
8837 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8838 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8839 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8840 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8841 * can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8842 *
8843 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8844 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8845 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8846 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8847 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8848 *
8849 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8850 *
8851 * @since 1.27
8852 */
8853 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8854 'default' => [
8855 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8856 ]
8857 ];
8858
8859 /**
8860 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8861 *
8862 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8863 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8864 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8865 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8866 *
8867 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8868 *
8869 * @var bool
8870 * @since 1.28
8871 */
8872 $wgPingback = false;
8873
8874 /**
8875 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8876 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8877 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8878 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8879 *
8880 * @since 1.28
8881 */
8882 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8883 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8884 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8885 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8886 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8887 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8888 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8889 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8890 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8891 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8892 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8893 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8894 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8895 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
8896 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
8897 'chrome-extension' => true,
8898 ];
8899
8900 /**
8901 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8902 * at Special:Contributions.
8903 *
8904 * @var array
8905 * @since 1.30
8906 */
8907 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8908 'IPv4' => 16,
8909 'IPv6' => 32,
8910 ];
8911
8912 /**
8913 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8914 *
8915 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8916 *
8917 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8918 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8919 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8920 *
8921 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8922 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8923 */
8924 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8925 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8926 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8927 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8928
8929 /**
8930 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8931 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8932 *
8933 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8934 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8935 *
8936 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8937 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8938 *
8939 * @par Example:
8940 * @code
8941 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8942 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8943 *];
8944 * @endcode
8945 */
8946 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8947
8948 /**
8949 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8950 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8951 *
8952 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8953 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8954 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8955 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8956 *
8957 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8958 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8959 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8960 *
8961 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8962 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8963 *
8964 * @since 1.32
8965 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8966 */
8967 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8968
8969 /**
8970 * The schema to use per default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
8971 * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
8972 */
8973 $wgXmlDumpSchemaVersion = XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_10;
8974
8975 /**
8976 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8977 *
8978 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8979 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8980 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8981 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8982 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
8983 *
8984 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
8985 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
8986 *
8987 * @since 1.31
8988 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
8989 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8990 */
8991 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW;
8992
8993 /**
8994 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
8995 * or namespaces.
8996 *
8997 * @since 1.33
8998 * @deprecated 1.33
8999 * @var bool
9000 */
9001 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
9002
9003 /**
9004 * Origin Trials tokens.
9005 *
9006 * @since 1.33
9007 * @var array
9008 */
9009 $wgOriginTrials = [];
9010
9011 /**
9012 * Enable client-side Priority Hints.
9013 *
9014 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9015 *
9016 * @since 1.33
9017 * @var bool
9018 */
9019 $wgPriorityHints = false;
9020
9021 /**
9022 * Ratio of requests that should get Priority Hints when the feature is enabled.
9023 *
9024 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9025 *
9026 * @since 1.34
9027 * @var float
9028 */
9029 $wgPriorityHintsRatio = 1.0;
9030
9031 /**
9032 * Enable Element Timing.
9033 *
9034 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9035 *
9036 * @since 1.33
9037 * @var bool
9038 */
9039 $wgElementTiming = false;
9040
9041 /**
9042 * Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
9043 *
9044 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9045 *
9046 * @since 1.34
9047 * @var int
9048 */
9049 $wgReportToExpiry = 86400;
9050
9051 /**
9052 * List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
9053 *
9054 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9055 *
9056 * @since 1.34
9057 * @var array
9058 */
9059 $wgReportToEndpoints = [];
9060
9061 /**
9062 * List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
9063 * Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
9064 *
9065 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9066 *
9067 * @since 1.34
9068 * @var array
9069 */
9070 $wgFeaturePolicyReportOnly = [];
9071
9072 /**
9073 * Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class.
9074 * Settings that can be used:
9075 * - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results
9076 * - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click
9077 * See also TitleWidget.js UI widget.
9078 * @since 1.34
9079 * @var array
9080 */
9081 $wgSpecialSearchFormOptions = [];
9082
9083 /**
9084 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9085 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9086 * @}
9087 */